TW200907067A - Measurement of an insoluble analyte in a sample - Google Patents

Measurement of an insoluble analyte in a sample Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200907067A
TW200907067A TW97111752A TW97111752A TW200907067A TW 200907067 A TW200907067 A TW 200907067A TW 97111752 A TW97111752 A TW 97111752A TW 97111752 A TW97111752 A TW 97111752A TW 200907067 A TW200907067 A TW 200907067A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
target
npm
sample
molecule
probe
Prior art date
Application number
TW97111752A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Bruce Seligmann
Ralph Martel
Matthew Rounseville
Ihab Botros
Original Assignee
High Throughput Genomics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by High Throughput Genomics Inc filed Critical High Throughput Genomics Inc
Publication of TW200907067A publication Critical patent/TW200907067A/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to compositions, apparatus and methods useful for concurrently performing singular, multiple, high throughput, biological or chemical assays, using nuclease protection molecules which specifically bind to a target of interest. The nuclease protection molecules are capable of detecting targets in complex biological samples, including, preserved, fixed, dried, and/or cross-linked specimen. The reagents and methods of the instant invention provide an effective means for analyzing a target of interest from a complex biological sample without solubilizing or disrupting the sample. Utilization of such methods in clinical and/or diagnostic applications is also described.

Description

200907067 九、發明說明: 國臨時申請案第 國臨時申請案第 本申請案主張2007年3月30日申請之美 60/920,814號及2008年1月3日申請之美 61 /01 8,71 7號之申請日期之權利。 【先前技術】 排列於表面或"晶片"上之複數個分子探針已被用於多種 生物及化學檢定中。實施檢定以確定所關注㊣分子是否应 該等探針巾之任—者相互㈣。在所勒m條件下將該等 探針曝露絲分子之後,债測設備測❻分子是否與特定 探針相互作用。 該等程序適用於多㈣檢程序中以獲得關於探針絲分 子之貝訊。舉例而言,其已被用於筛檢與所關注受體結合 之肽或潛在藥物,尤其:用於筛檢含有不溶標乾之樣品中 (例如)尤其群體中之遺傳突變、對偶基因變異體或特定病 原體或病原體菌株之存在;用於研究基因表現,例如用於 I 鑑別表現與特定生理條件、發育階段或疾病狀態等相關之 mRNA。 【發明内容】 自固定組織精確測量基因且尤其基因表現或募核苷酸將 具有4多盈處。在臨床樣品之情況下,所述方法允許靶寡 核普酸在不需改變臨床操作之情況下得以直接自固定組織 '則量’而非必須製備冷凍樣品。存在大量已保存固定材料 之儲備物’其可用於回顧性研究以鑑別及驗證生物標誌物 130267.doc 200907067200907067 IX. Inventor's Note: The application for the provisional application of the country's provisional application is claimed to be US 60/920,814, filed on March 30, 2007, and US 61 /01 8,71, 7 on January 3, 2008. The right to apply for the date. [Prior Art] A plurality of molecular probes arranged on a surface or "wafer" have been used in various biological and chemical assays. A verification is carried out to determine whether the positive molecules of interest should be the same as those of the probes (4). After exposing the probes to the silk molecules under the conditions of the conditions, the debt measuring device measures whether the molecules interact with the specific probes. These procedures are applicable to multiple (four) inspection procedures to obtain information about the probe filament molecules. For example, it has been used to screen peptides or potential drugs that bind to receptors of interest, in particular: for screening genetically-mutated, dual-gene variants in samples containing insoluble standards, for example, especially in populations Or the presence of a specific pathogen or pathogen strain; used to study gene expression, for example, for I to identify mRNAs that are associated with specific physiological conditions, developmental stages, or disease states. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Accurate measurement of genes from a fixed tissue and, in particular, gene expression or recruitment of nucleotides will have four gains. In the case of a clinical sample, the method allows the target oligonucleotide to be directly self-fixed to the tissue without the need to change clinical procedures, rather than having to prepare a frozen sample. There are a large number of stocks of preserved fixation materials that can be used in retrospective studies to identify and validate biomarkers 130267.doc 200907067

及靶基因,或用於開發及驗證監控性、預後性或診斷性檢 定,或用於結合安全性與基因表現,或用於瞭解疾病過程 等。然而,自固定組織進行此等測量尚成問題。藉由pcR 或雜父方法之測量需要大量組織以及複雜萃取及樣品製備 方法。另外,經常觀測到測量品質視組織已儲存時間之長 短而疋發生降低。與此相反,原位測量(其中rna經標記 且在組織中可見)可針對新鮮固定組織或保存組織進行且 產生類似品質資料。本文中描述一種自固定組織測量寡核 苷酸,方法’其包含自該組織回收一探針,其中該探針充 當測量之基礎’而非天轉料酸本身。本發明此外係關 於核酸酶保護作為-種自固定組織測量寡料酸之方法的 用途。諸如PCR之方法需要將靶RNA溶解、萃取且純化, 隨後逆轉錄且將所得eDNA擴增。bDNAf要將把腿溶 解。因此’交聯需要發生逆轉或僅—部分魏可以可溶性 R N A形式回收以便藉由該等方法測量。 本發明所揭不之方分分-ttr ,-η.Ι θ 々凌允4測置父聯寡核苷酸以及可溶性 寡核苷酸。 通常將獲自臨床或動物實驗之組織切片固^、包埋且以 適於後來以顯微鏡術檢驗之形式儲存。傳統以方法通常 使㈣駭劑,其藉由使得組織蛋白内及組織蛋白之間發 生父聯反應來固定组織。交聪傾h 飞乂聯傾向於保持組織形態及完整 性,硬化組織以便於切片,且抑制微生物攻擊。在組織樣 印經固疋後’其通常被包埋於包埋介質中以使得該等樣品 可被切為薄切片。石壞為最常見的包埋介質,不過亦可使 130267.doc 200907067 用丙烯醯胺及赛勞定(celloidin)。 項技術中亦已知其他非福馬林(non-formal in)固定’諸 如乙醇或酸固定。醛固定傾向於使組織樣品之結構產生實 貝邊化。§亥等變化通常傾向於使可能存在於組織樣品中之 ^革巴失去其對靶向此等抗原之抗體之反應性。福馬林固定 之一效應在於大體上鎖定組織樣品内蛋白質分子之三維形 狀。由於新穎組織化學試劑之新近發展,如今可進行在原 先儲存許多組織時不可能進行之組織化學分析。因此,已 開發出多種程序,其可逆轉由醛固定產生之一些變化,且 增強組織樣品之組織化學染色性質。 -種用於改良已較於福馬林中且包埋於丙稀醯胺凝勝 中之組織樣品之染色性的常規實驗室方案涉及於1〇% 2_巯 基乙醇中將丙烯醯胺凝膠包埋組織處理15分鐘,接著用磷 酸鹽緩衝生理食鹽水沖洗。一種恢復組織樣品之組織化學 染色性貝之方法描述於Key等人之美國專利第號 中。另一種恢復組織樣品之組織化學染色性質之方法描述 於Shi等人之美國專利第5,578,452號中。 測置固定或保存樣品中之生物標靶為技術上有挑戰性的 冒險舉動。已知蛋白質在過程中變性,通常失去抗原性 亦即,抗體識別)。碳水化合物可經化學改變,尤盆彼等 與酿蛋白部分中之肽及蛋白f締合之碳水化合物。核酸可 ^胞環境中㈣彼此之間及與其他分子(包括蛋白質、 脂質及碳水化合物)之間的交 為代價高絲時間之過程。…子之回收及分析 130267.doc 200907067 由於各種原因,對固定組織中核酸之研究尤其困難。福 馬林固定謂包埋樣品巾之外加層或塗層對f知探針及試 劑提出相當大之挑戰。此外’因為大多數探針依靠直接連 接進行偵測’所以自識別及偵測觀點來看,之二級結And target genes, either used to develop and validate surveillance, prognostic or diagnostic tests, or to combine safety and gene expression, or to understand disease processes. However, performing such measurements from a fixed tissue is still problematic. Measurements by the pcR or heterogeneous methods require extensive tissue and complex extraction and sample preparation methods. In addition, it is often observed that the quality of the measurement depends on how long the tissue has been stored and the sputum is reduced. In contrast, in situ measurements (where rna is labeled and visible in the tissue) can be performed on fresh fixed tissue or preserved tissue and produce similar quality data. Described herein is a self-immobilizing tissue for measuring oligonucleotides, which method comprises recovering a probe from the tissue, wherein the probe is the basis of the measurement' rather than the transfusion acid itself. The invention further relates to the use of nuclease protection as a method of measuring oligoacids from a self-fixing tissue. Methods such as PCR require the target RNA to be solubilized, extracted and purified, followed by reverse transcription and amplification of the resulting eDNA. bDNAf will dissolve the legs. Thus 'crosslinking needs to be reversed or only - part of it can be recovered in a soluble R N A form for measurement by these methods. The square points of the present invention are -ttr, -η.Ι θ 々 Ling Yun 4 to detect the parental oligonucleotide and the soluble oligonucleotide. Tissue sections obtained from clinical or animal experiments are typically fixed, embedded, and stored in a form suitable for subsequent microscopic examination. Conventionally, a method is generally used to immobilize a tissue by immobilizing a tissue between a tissue protein and a tissue protein. The cross-linking tends to maintain tissue morphology and integrity, harden tissue to facilitate sectioning, and inhibit microbial attack. After the tissue-like prints are fixed, they are typically embedded in an embedding medium so that the samples can be cut into thin sections. Stone is the most common embedding medium, but it can also be used for 130267.doc 200907067 with acrylamide and celloidin. Other non-formal in fixations such as ethanol or acid fixation are also known in the art. Aldehyde fixation tends to produce a solid bead edge of the structure of the tissue sample. Variations such as hai often tend to lose the reactivity of antibodies that may be present in tissue samples to antibodies that target such antigens. One effect of formalin fixation is to substantially lock the three-dimensional shape of the protein molecules in the tissue sample. Due to the recent development of novel histochemical reagents, it is now possible to perform histochemical analysis that was impossible when many tissues were previously stored. Thus, a variety of procedures have been developed that can reverse some of the changes produced by aldehyde immobilization and enhance the histochemical staining properties of tissue samples. - A routine laboratory protocol for improving the stainability of tissue samples that have been compared to formalin and embedded in acetamide, involves the encapsulation of acrylamide gel in 1% 2% mercaptoethanol The tissue was treated for 15 minutes and then rinsed with phosphate buffered saline. A method for restoring histochemical staining of tissue samples is described in U.S. Patent No. 5, to Key et al. Another method for restoring the histochemical staining properties of a tissue sample is described in U.S. Patent No. 5,578,452 to Shi et al. Fixing or conserving biological targets in a sample is a technically challenging adventure. It is known that proteins are denatured in the process and usually lose antigenicity, i.e., antibody recognition). Carbohydrates can be chemically altered, such as carbohydrates associated with peptides and protein f in the brewed protein fraction. The process of high-filament time at the expense of nucleic acid in the cell environment (iv) and between other molecules (including proteins, lipids, and carbohydrates). ...recycling and analysis of the child 130267.doc 200907067 The study of nucleic acids in fixed tissues is particularly difficult for a variety of reasons. Formalin immobilization means that the addition of a layer or coating to the embedded sample towel presents a considerable challenge to the probe and the reagent. In addition, because most probes rely on direct connection for detection, the secondary junction is self-identifying and detecting.

構及/或三級結構之士暑像雜·σ Q 稱之大董修飾可呈現困難。另一態樣為識 別之特異,1± ’其可能由於非天然曝露於化學品中及固定期 間之其他因素而失去。 關於刀析固定生物試樣中之核酸之技術知識相對欠缺。 Daniel DOrazio {American Journal 〇f Pathology 2〇〇2· 16〇:383·384)_固定樣品巾職之測量,不過自匹配冷 凍組織定量測量與固定組織測量不相目。該等作者進一步 表明由所見之固定、组織樣品(例如Her-2/Neu mRNA) 之間的大可變性可為由固定對對於測量可及之讓之影響 引起的假像(anifaet),諸如固定延遲、時間及溫度之固定 參數可為造成大表現可變性之原因。有可能可變性可能係 由於交聯RNA與可溶性RNA之比率之可變性。 士、關於用於分㈣定生物試樣中的核酸及其他生物標乾之 :戈幻及方法之技術知識係基於原位㉝測方法。當涉及固定 試樣時’已開發原位雜交(ISH)來克服流式細胞測量術 ⑺㈣Cyt〇metry ; FCM)、核型分析及分子遺傳學之侷限 性。然而,用於ISH中之此等探針對由缺失、易位、反轉 或擴增中斷或改變之較基因不具特異性。因此若經分析 之序列未適當表現於樣品中,則可能不可㈣測基因異常 性。此外,可谓測之變數(亦即標靶)數目相當低,且通常 130267.doc 200907067 不可能自動化。 此外,ISH技術係利用於新鮮分離細胞或培養細胞,而 非固定石蠟化組織。迄今為止,先前雜交研究已用於細胞 株、解離新鮮組織或冷凍組織切片上。然而,通常在臨床 配置中往往不可能在活檢組織可及時立即對其操作,此係 因為通常唯一可及組織為石蠟包埋組織。此外,因為組織 結構得以保存,所以固定石蠟化組織之使用為有利的。舉 例而言,核酸易於受核酸酶作用。咸信僅可藉由重複核酸 序列之探針進行固定組織之原位雜交,原因在於固定防止 單一複本序列之偵測。因此不能偵測到核酸序列(例如 SNP)之單一缺失。原位方法可用於自固定組織測量DNA及 RNA,其使組織成像且自彼等影像量化雜交、組織結合探 針。偵測可藉由螢光(FISH)或發光進行,且方法可測量 DNA(例如複本數)或RNA。The structure and/or the structure of the tertiary structure is like the miscellaneous σ Q. Another aspect is the specificity of identification, 1±' which may be lost due to non-natural exposure to chemicals and other factors during fixation. There is a relatively lack of technical knowledge about the analysis of nucleic acids in fixed biological samples. Daniel DOrazio {American Journal 〇f Pathology 2〇〇2·16〇: 383·384)_Measurement of fixed sample towels, but self-matching frozen tissue quantitative measurements are not comparable to fixed tissue measurements. The authors further indicate that the large variability between the fixed, tissue samples (e.g., Her-2/Neu mRNA) seen can be an anefaet caused by the effect of the fixed pair on the measurement, such as Fixed parameters of fixed delay, time and temperature can be the cause of large performance variability. It is possible that the variability may be due to the variability of the ratio of cross-linked RNA to soluble RNA. , on the use of nucleic acids and other biological indicators in the (four) biological samples: Geometry and methodological knowledge based on the in situ 33 method. In situ hybridization (ISH) has been developed to overcome the limitations of flow cytometry (7) (iv) Cyt〇metry; FCM), karyotyping, and molecular genetics when it comes to immobilization. However, such probes used in ISH are not specific for the genes that are interrupted or altered by deletions, translocations, inversions or amplifications. Therefore, if the sequence analyzed is not properly expressed in the sample, it may not be possible to (4) detect genetic abnormalities. In addition, the number of variables (ie, targets) that can be measured is quite low, and usually 130267.doc 200907067 is not possible to automate. In addition, the ISH technique utilizes freshly isolated cells or cultured cells, rather than fixed paraffinized tissues. To date, previous hybridization studies have been used on cell lines, dissociated fresh tissue, or frozen tissue sections. However, it is often not possible in a clinical setting to operate a biopsy tissue in a timely manner, since the only accessible tissue is paraffin-embedded tissue. Furthermore, the use of fixed paraffinized tissue is advantageous because the tissue structure is preserved. For example, nucleic acids are susceptible to nuclease action. The in situ hybridization of the immobilized tissue can only be performed by repeating the probe of the nucleic acid sequence because the immobilization prevents detection of a single copy sequence. Therefore, a single deletion of a nucleic acid sequence (e.g., a SNP) cannot be detected. The in situ method can be used to measure DNA and RNA from a fixed tissue, which images the tissue and quantifies hybridization and tissue binding probes from the images. Detection can be performed by fluorescence (FISH) or luminescence, and the method can measure DNA (e.g., copy number) or RNA.

Hellborg (Ann. One., 2007)描述作為RNA之螢光原位雜 交(FISH)偵測之替代性選擇的PCR及微陣列測量。然而, PCR依賴性技術與微陣列技術均有偈限性。舉例而言,藉 由PCR進行提取且檢定均為代價高且麻煩的(Shibutani等 人,Lab Invest 2000,80:199-208)。另一重要態樣在於微 陣列對FFPE起作用,其中可溶性RNA具良好品質。因此微 陣列可用於測量可溶性池。然而,該等技術不能使自固定 樣品迅速、定量測量RNA成為可能,當標靶具不溶性時尤 顯而易見,用於偵測固定組織中之相關生物標靶及生物 130267.doc -10- 200907067 標遠'物之方法將為有利的。 可使用低密度與高密度且均經固定(以 俘獲探針)或可程式化(印刷錯與外加程式化/俘獲之 組合)之單-陣列或測量各樣品中之多個基因之多= (諸如可印刷於微盤之孔中或微珠陣列上,包括溶液中」 微珠),或猎由在固定或未固定至表面上之情況下將核酸 驗保遵蛋白標記且成像,或以混合物形式或以各反庫混人 物中所偵測之個別標乾形式(諸如在習知微盤檢定 使用凝膠、電泳、層析、質譜、測序,或藉由核酸_護 楝針之PCR(或其他擴增方法)或藉由雜交俘獲或孰習此項 技術者可能使用之其他方法自固定樣品進行測量。本文中 所述之試劑及方法允許自固定組織樣品之宿主及感染物 (不同種類)、在相同實驗中、自相同樣品且甚至在 ArrayPlate之相同孔中測量寡核苷酸。可進行對來自固定 \ 樣品(兩個單一樣品)之不同形式之募核苷酸的測量以及在 不同樣品(包括(例如)患病樣品對正常樣品、治療樣品對對 照樣品)或同一樣品(諸如mRNA及DNA '或微RNA及 RNA、或核糖體RNA及mRNA、或粒線體RNA及mRNA, 或°亥等者之任何組合)之間進行的比較。本發明亦可允許 使用適體或其他探針來測量蛋白質。本發明亦係關於同時 使用適當探針來測量蛋白質及募核苷酸。在另一態樣中, 本發明係關於探針與交聯(及可溶性)Rna之雜交(或結 合)’並隨後移除且測量探針或探針/靶分子,甚至在靶分 子可能損壞、破碎或分裂,但探針或探針複合物完整或充 130267.doc 200907067 分固持在一起時亦然。舉例而言,在bDNA之情況下,探 針複合物可形成於交聯靶RNA上,且隨後使用方法來釋放 複合物,即使該處理可能會導致RNA模板破壞,但組合複 合物卻保持足夠完整以允許其在組織外部之測量。在探針 與父知或表面結合乾分子(例如寡核苷酸或例如rNa)及可 洛性靶分子締合或僅與交聯或表面結合靶分子締合之任何 方法中使探針相對於乾分子降至可分析量,隨後自組織移 除且加以測量。 奉發明此外提供針對任何類型之單一或多重陣列(包括 測量達幾十萬個乾分子之高密度陣列)進行一或多個生物 或化學檢定之組合物、|置及方法。本發明此外提供用於 並行進行多個生物或化學檢^之組合物、裝置及方法,1 允許多個含有不溶標靶之樣品(例如,待於診斷性檢定中 筛檢之多個患者樣品或待於藥物發現方法中測試之多個潛 在樂物或治療劑)之高產量分析。提供—種組合, 測一樣品中之一或多個標乾。此組合包含-包含複數 二離放區域之表面’該等區域可稱作測試區且其可為 二:中至少兩者大體上相同。各表面包含至少兩個、較 …2。個或2。個以上(例如至少約 二 ⑽個等)此等大體上相同之區 6 864或 引入含有«潛在含有)—或乡 心^界定用於 生物或化學陣列。(諸如之樣品之空間且含有 之標…語並不意謂排之樣品T偵測樣品中 溶標靶之樣品或測定⑽測嘗3不,谷標靶或未伯測出不 J旨句。在-般意義上,本發明 130267.doc 200907067 :及=標乾是否包含於樣品中、而不考慮其是 二=一包含一般"錨",其各自結合雙官能連: 子刀子,錢官能連接子分子具有對該錯具特異性之第— 含對料中之至少—者具特純之探針的第二部 之組合經置放與含有-或多個標把之樣品接 觸占其視情況與偵測分子反應,且隨後由侦測設備詢問, 測没備偵測靶分子與探針在測試區域中之反岸,進而 產生檢定結果。 ”之反應進而 本:明提供尤其適用於高產量生物檢定之方法及組合 ::別較佳之實施例中,本發明可用於針對藥物發現 之'產直筛檢。舉例而言,高產量檢定可同時於眾多(例 ^0:)96孔微盤中進行。盤之各孔可藉由使用祕個錦 ,連接傾之陣列而於其中進行(例如)16個不同測試。亦 二1〇0個盤(每盤具有96個孔,且每孔各具有16個測試)可 不^總共抓咖個測試;舉例而言,可同時測試9,_種 二候選樂物令之每—者的16種不同參數或檢定。高產量 Si匕—次僅測試—個參數之檢定提供多得多㈣以候 =之資訊。舉例而t,有可能在單一初始高產量绵檢 J :、樂物疋否具選擇性、特異性及/或無毒 產S方法需要廣泛性追縱檢定以測試所關注之各 ::藥物之該等參數。此項技術中已知若干類型之高產量 :檢檢定。同時進行多種生物檢定以及-次性進行眾多檢 定(亦即以極高產量進行檢之能力為本發明之兩個 優點。 130267.doc -13- 200907067 在一實施例中,例如,使用由具有適於連接第—胺(諸 如胺基酸或經修飾募核苷酸)之衍生表面之聚笨乙烯製成 的96孔DNA結合盤(C〇rning c〇star),可將16種不同募核苷 酸之集合點塗於各盤之各孔表面上以充當銷。該等錦可與 衍生聚苯乙烯共價連接,且所述16個錨可用於所有篩檢檢 定。對於任何特定檢定而纟,可使用—組特定連接子來規 劃各孔之表面以對多達i 6個所關注之不同標靶或檢定類型 具特異性,且可將不同測試樣品施加於各盤中之%孔之每 -者中。才目同-組錯可使用多:欠以再規劃戶斤關注之其他押 乾及檢定之孔之表面,或其可與㈣—組連接子—起 用多-人。此彈性及可重複使用性體現本發明之其他優點。 本心月之另Λ施例為一種用於偵測至少一種不溶標靶 之方法,其包含使可能包含該(等)標靶之樣品與如上所述 之組合在可有效使該(等)標靶與該組合結合之條件下接 觸。另-實施例為-種用於測定舰表現形式之方法,其 包含用如上所述之組合培育包含作為標乾之至少兩個魏 分子之樣品,其中該組合之至少一個探針為核酸(例如寡 核4酸),該核酸在可有效使該(等)RNa標乾與該⑷探針 特異性雜交之條件下對不溶RNA標㈣之至少—者且特里 性(亦即選擇性)。另一實施例為一種用於鑑別調節璧表 現形式之㈣(或條件)之方法’其為上述用於測定腫表 ’方纟其進一步包含將在該藥劑(或條件)之存在 下,之RNA表現形式與在不同一組條件下產生之鹽表 現形式進行比較。 130267.doc •14· 200907067 f 舉例而言’圖1示意性說明彼等録中之-者,亦即织, 在本發明之最佳實施例中,其為募核苦酸。织上連接有 連接子分子!,連接子】包含兩個部分。第一部分(其對該 知具特異性)在此說明中為可與該錯特異性雜交之寡核皆 酸。第二部分(其為對所關注之不溶標把具特異性之探 2,在此,其把“RNA)在此說明中為可與該標乾雜交之 寡核《。儘管此圖中未說明,但剩餘15個錯中之每一者 可經由㈣異性部分與其自身連接子雜交;各連接子可含 有對(例如)不同於mRNA 1之mRNA或與mRNA !相同之 mRNA具特異性的探針部分。所說日月之聽合可用於同時 檢定多達96個*同樣品中邮财!(或同日夺,由陣列中之其 他5個探針指定(規劃)2mRNA標靶)之存在。為進行檢 定’將各樣品(其在此實例中可為來自(亦即)96個獨立細胞 株之一者之RNA提取物)以小體積添加至區域或孔之—者 中,且在可有效使探針與不溶標靶雜交之條件下進行培 育。為測定mRNA 1是否存在於樣品令,使用可識別形式 及/或可詢問各區域内之特定位置是否存在信號之偵測設 備。若將細胞株在其mRNA在活體内經標籤標記之條件下 進行培育,且若mRNA 1存在於樣品中,則偵測器將偵測 到由在錯/探針複合物1所限定之位置處之標記mRNA發出 的信號。或者’在添加至區域(孔)中之前或之後,mRNA 可直接在活體外被標記。或者,在mRNA已(例如)藉由使 RNA與標記"偵測器”募核苷酸(靶特異性報導體募核皆 酸)(其與除為探針所識別之序列外的序列互補)一起培育而 130267.doc -15- 200907067 與探針雜交之前或之後,mRNA可經間接標記。在說明性 實例中,可同時分析15個樣品。因為藉由本發明可同時分 f至少20個或20個以上(例如多達1536個或Η%個以上): 品’所以其為產量極高之檢定系統。 7 如本文中所用不溶"係指相對於溶劑而言異質存在於 包含兩者之混合物或溶液中之實體。" + /合亦可用於表徵 微粒性質之物質,例如腧 負11 ^ 、、、田胞液泡、膜及/或其聚集 广. 體° ”不溶”亦可用於描述儘管能夠均質存在於溶液中,但 由於其附著於表面或固定於殘餘物上而異質存在的實體。 該術語亦可用於定義在溶解或溶菌後留下之物質(例如沈 澱物)。 如本文中㈣之不溶係對應於任何溶劑。較佳地,該溶 劑為極性(例如’水、鹽水、PBS、克雷布斯·林格緩衝液 (Krebs-Ringer buffer)、網狀細胞溶菌液、血清等p且溶 解度係在介於4°C與l〇〇t之間的溫卢下 j權度下測定。"不溶"特性 可由常規技術(例如,光散射或過遽或離心)測^。不溶包 括與其他分子或組織化學或物理交聯以及與諸如細胞器、 膜、表面、細胞或亞細胞體之粒子物理(諸如由於内部聲 合)或化學締合之標乾。 關於分析”不溶”標靶之本發明方法 a力在不包括用於分析可溶 性標靶之技術。 如本文中所用,"固定"咅轉P益山 ^ U疋Μ明已精由置於福馬林、緩衝福 馬林、聚甲醛或等效保存溶液中而保存之生物樣品。在— 些情況下’固定樣品亦將被置於石纖中以備於用薄片切片 130267.doc -16- 200907067 機切割且可用任何數吾夕哈u π 1士 q數重之除祸馬林外之試劑(諸如戊二 醛、醇等)固定。 如本文令所用,"標乾”係指存在、活性及/或量意欲被測 定且對特定探針具有親和性之物質。標祀可為人造或天然 存在之物質。此外’其可以其未改變狀態或以與其他物質 之聚集體形式使用。標乾可直接或經由特異性結合物質與 結合成員共價或非共價連接。可用於本發明中之標靶之實 例包括(但不限於)受體(於小泡、脂質、細胞膜上或多種其 他受體);肖特異性受體結合之配位體、4足效劑或枯抗 劑,可與特異性抗原&定子反應之多株抗冑、單株抗體及 抗血清(諸如於病毒、細胞或其他物質上);藥物;核酸或 聚核芽酸(包括mRNA、tRNA、rRNA、寡核苷酸、dNA、 病毒 RNA 或 DNA、EST、cDNA、源自 RNA 或 DNA 之 PCR 擴 增產物、miRNA、siRNA、RNAi及其突變、變異或修飾 體);蛋白質(包括酶,諸如負責裂解神經傳遞素之酶、蛋 白酶、激酶及其類似物);酶底物;肽;辅因子;外源凝 集素(lectin);糖;多醣;細胞(其可包括細胞表面抗原); 細胞膜,細胞器;等,以及可以複合、共價鍵結交聯等形 式存在之其他此等分子或其他物質。如本文中所用,術語 核酸、聚核苷酸、聚核酸及寡核苷酸可互換。標把亦可稱 作反探針。 如本文中所用,”探針”為可由特定靶特異性識別之物質 (例如分子)。潛在探針/標靶或標靶/探針結合搭配物之類 型包括受體/配位體;配位體/抗配位體;核酸(聚核苷酸) 130267.doc -17- 200907067 相互作用,其包括DNA/DNA、DNA/RNA、PNA(肽核酸)/ 核酸;LNA(鎖定核酸)、酶、其他催化劑或其他物質與底 物、小分子或效應分子,等等。本發明所涵蓋之探針之實 例包括(但不限於)有機及無機物質或聚合物,其包括金 屬、螯合劑或與金屬特異性相互作用之其他化合物、塑 膠、細胞膜受體之促效劑及拮抗劑、毒素及毒液、病毒抗 原決定基、激素(例如類鴻片肽、類固醇等)、激素受體、 脂質(包括磷脂)、肽、酶(諸如蛋白酶或激酶)、酶底物、 輔因子、藥物、外源凝集素、糖、核酸(包括寡核苷酸、 DNA、RNA、PNA、LNA或經修飾或取代之核酸)、寡醣、 蛋白質、酶、多株抗體及單株抗體、單鏈抗體或其片段。 探針聚合物可為線性或環狀。探針可根據差示活性或差示 結合來區分磷酸化蛋白質與非磷酸化蛋白質。諸如外源凝 集素之探針可區分不同糖基化蛋白質。如本文中所用,術 語核酸、聚核苷酸、聚核酸及寡核苷酸可互換。作為"探 針之上述物質中之任一者亦可充當"標靶",且反之亦 然。 另外可使用其他試劑來幫助破壞組織以允許探針接近 靶刀子,諸如用於免疫組織化學分析或用於在固定組織中 " 匕或轉檢疋之方法,或例如使用蛋白酶k或膠原 或皂素或清潔劑,或使用特定緩衝液以使組織内 分子"複性”。 任何相定,14主工 。庄表面可結合本發明使用。表面(通常為固體) ^為夕種有機或無機物質或其組合中之任一者,其包括 130267.doc -18- 200907067 (僅舉例來說)塑膠,諸如聚丙 (熔融)二氧化矽、石英或破螭,二。本乙烯’陶瓷’·矽; 鏡载片或玻璃蓋玻片之厚度.έ ° "有(例如)玻璃顯微 素;硝化纖雉素過遽膜;^膜氏,諸如遽紙;重氮化纖維 型之凝膠塾,例如由氣凝;稀醒胺或其他類Hellborg (Ann. One., 2007) describes PCR and microarray measurements as an alternative to fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) detection of RNA. However, PCR-dependent techniques and microarray technology have limitations. For example, extraction by PCR and assays are costly and cumbersome (Shibutani et al, Lab Invest 2000, 80: 199-208). Another important aspect is that the microarray acts on FFPE, where the soluble RNA is of good quality. Microarrays can therefore be used to measure soluble pools. However, these techniques do not enable the rapid and quantitative measurement of RNA from self-immobilized samples. This is especially true when the target is insoluble. It is used to detect related biological targets and organisms in fixed tissues. 130267.doc -10- 200907067 The method of the object will be advantageous. Single-array with low density and high density and both fixed (to capture probes) or programmable (printing error plus additional stylized/capture combinations) or to measure multiple genes in each sample = ( Such as printing in microwells or microbead arrays, including "microbeads" in solution, or hunting and imaging of nucleic acids, either by immobilization or unfixed to the surface, or by mixture Form or individual dry form detected in each of the anti-hybrid characters (such as using gel, electrophoresis, chromatography, mass spectrometry, sequencing, or PCR with nucleic acid _ ankle needle in conventional microdisk assays (or Other methods of amplification) or self-immobilization of samples by hybrid capture or other methods that may be used by those skilled in the art. The reagents and methods described herein allow for self-fixation of tissue samples from infected hosts and infectious agents (different types) In the same experiment, the oligonucleotides were measured from the same sample and even in the same well of the ArrayPlate. Measurements of different forms of nucleotides from immobilized samples (two single samples) can be performed and Products (including, for example, diseased samples versus normal samples, therapeutic samples versus control samples) or the same sample (such as mRNA and DNA ' or microRNA and RNA, or ribosomal RNA and mRNA, or mitochondrial RNA and mRNA, or Comparisons between any combination of ° et al. The present invention may also allow the use of aptamers or other probes to measure proteins. The invention also relates to the simultaneous use of appropriate probes for the measurement of proteins and nucleotides. In another aspect, the invention relates to the hybridization (or binding) of a probe to a cross-linked (and soluble) Rna and subsequently removes and measures the probe or probe/target molecule, even if the target molecule may be damaged or broken Or splitting, but the probe or probe complex is intact or filled with 130267.doc 200907067. Also, in the case of bDNA, the probe complex can be formed on the cross-linked target RNA, and The method is then used to release the complex, even though the treatment may result in destruction of the RNA template, but the combined complex remains sufficiently intact to allow its measurement outside the tissue. The probe binds to the paternal or surface dry molecule ( In any method, such as an oligonucleotide or, for example, rNa) and a linker molecule, or associated with a cross-linking or surface-bound target molecule, the probe is reduced to an analyzable amount relative to the dry molecule, followed by self-organization In addition to and in addition, the invention further provides compositions, methods, and methods for performing one or more biological or chemical assays on any type of single or multiple arrays, including high density arrays measuring hundreds of thousands of stem molecules. The present invention further provides compositions, devices, and methods for performing multiple biological or chemical assays in parallel, 1 permitting multiple samples containing an insoluble target (eg, multiple patient samples to be screened in a diagnostic assay or High yield analysis of a number of potential musical or therapeutic agents to be tested in a drug discovery method. A combination is provided to measure one or more of the dried samples. This combination includes - a surface comprising a plurality of dual release regions. The regions may be referred to as test regions and may be two: at least two of which are substantially identical. Each surface contains at least two, more than ... 2 . Or 2. More than one (e.g., at least about two (10), etc.) such substantially identical zones 6 864 or introduced containing "potentially contained" or otherwise defined for use in biological or chemical arrays. (Such as the space of the sample and the standard word does not mean that the sample T is detected in the sample to detect the sample in the sample or the measurement (10) the test is not 3, the grain target or the undetected is not the J sentence. In the general sense, the present invention 130267.doc 200907067: and = whether the standard dry is included in the sample, regardless of whether it is two = one contains the general "anchor", each of which combines a bifunctional linkage: a sub-knife, a money function The linker molecule has a combination of the second part of the probe having the specificity of the first-order specific to the mismatch, and the probe is placed in contact with the sample containing the - or the plurality of labels. The situation reacts with the detection molecule, and then the inquiry device asks, and the detection target molecule and the probe are opposite to the shore in the test area, thereby generating a verification result. The reaction is further: the present invention is particularly suitable for high Method and combination of yield bioassay: In other preferred embodiments, the present invention can be used for direct screening of drug discovery. For example, high yield assays can be performed simultaneously with numerous (eg ^0:) 96-well micro. In the middle of the plate. Each hole of the plate can be connected by using a secret Arrays in which, for example, 16 different tests are performed. Also, 1 〇 0 disks (96 holes per disk and 16 tests per hole) may not be used for a total of tests; for example, It can simultaneously test 16 different parameters or verifications for each of the 9th, 2nd candidate music orders. The high-yield Si匕-test-only test provides a much more (four) information. t, it is possible to test in a single initial high-yield cotton J:, music substance, selectivity, specificity and / or non-toxic production S method requires extensive follow-up test to test each of the concerns:: these parameters of the drug Several types of high yields are known in the art: verification. Simultaneously performing multiple bioassays and performing multiple assays (ie, the ability to perform at very high yields is a two-pronged advantage of the invention. 130267.doc -13- 200907067 In one embodiment, for example, a 96-well DNA binding disk made of polystyrene having a derivatized surface suitable for attachment to a first amine such as an amino acid or a modified nucleotide is used ( C〇rning c〇star), can be used for 16 different nucleotides The rendezvous is applied to the surface of each well of each disc to act as a pin. The nucleus can be covalently attached to the derivatized polystyrene and the 16 anchors can be used for all screening assays. For any particular assay, 可 can be used - Group specific linkers to plan the surface of each well to be specific to up to i 6 different targets or assay types of interest, and different test samples can be applied to each of the % wells in each disc. It can be used in the same way - the wrong group can be used more: the surface of the hole that is deflated and re-planned by the household, or it can be combined with the (4)-group connector - multi-person. This flexibility and reusability Other advantages of the present invention are embodied in a method for detecting at least one insoluble target, comprising combining a sample that may include the target, as described above. It is effective to contact the (equal) target under the conditions in which the combination is combined. A further embodiment is a method for determining a manifestation of a ship comprising cultivating a sample comprising at least two Wei molecules as a stem with a combination as described above, wherein at least one probe of the combination is a nucleic acid (eg Oligonucleotide 4 acid), the nucleic acid is at least - and terry (i.e., selective) to the insoluble RNA under conditions effective to specifically hybridize the (R) RRa stem to the (4) probe. Another embodiment is a method for identifying (four) (or conditions) for regulating the expression of sputum, which is the above-described method for determining a swell, which further comprises an RNA to be present in the presence of the agent (or condition) The form of expression is compared to the form of salt produced under different sets of conditions. 130267.doc •14· 200907067 f By way of example, FIG. 1 schematically illustrates the ones in the drawings, that is, weaving, in the preferred embodiment of the invention, it is a bitter acid. Weaving is connected with a linker molecule! , the linker] contains two parts. The first part, which is specific for this purpose, is in this description an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to the misspecificity. The second part, which is a specific probe for the insoluble label of interest, here, the "RNA" in this description is an oligo which can be hybridized with the stem. "Although not shown in this figure , but each of the remaining 15 errors may hybridize to the self-linker via the (four) heterosexual moiety; each linker may contain a probe specific for, for example, mRNA different from mRNA 1 or mRNA identical to mRNA! In part, the so-called syllabus can be used to simultaneously verify the presence of up to 96* samples in the same sample (or the same day, the other 5 probes in the array specify (plan) 2 mRNA targets). Performing an assay 'Add each sample (which in this example may be an RNA extract from one of the 96 independent cell lines) to a region or well in a small volume, and The probe is incubated under conditions that hybridize to the insoluble target. To determine if mRNA 1 is present in the sample, an identifiable form and/or a detection device that can be queried for the presence of a signal at a particular location within each region is used. Under the condition that its mRNA is labeled in vivo Incubation, and if mRNA 1 is present in the sample, the detector will detect a signal from the labeled mRNA at the position defined by the error/probe complex 1 or 'in the addition to the region (well) Before or after, the mRNA can be directly labeled in vitro. Alternatively, the mRNA can be raised, for example, by making the RNA and the label "detector" Incubation with a sequence other than the sequence recognized by the probe) 130267.doc -15- 200907067 The mRNA can be indirectly labeled before or after hybridization with the probe. In the illustrative example, 15 samples can be analyzed simultaneously. Since the invention can simultaneously divide at least 20 or more (e.g., up to 1536 or more than 5%): product, it is an extremely high-yield verification system. 7 "Insoluble" as used herein refers to an entity that is heterogeneously present in a mixture or solution comprising both, relative to the solvent. " + / can also be used to characterize the properties of particulates, such as 腧 negative 11 ^,, cytosolic vacuoles, membranes and / or its aggregation is wide. Body ° "insoluble" can also be used to describe the fact that although it can be homogeneously present in solution , but an entity that is heterogeneous due to its attachment to the surface or to the residue. The term can also be used to define a substance (e.g., a precipitate) that remains after dissolution or lysis. The insoluble system as in (4) herein corresponds to any solvent. Preferably, the solvent is polar (eg 'water, saline, PBS, Krebs-Ringer buffer, reticulocyte lysate, serum, etc. and the solubility is between 4°) The temperature between C and l〇〇t is measured under the weight of J. The "insoluble" property can be measured by conventional techniques (for example, light scattering or over- or centrifugation). Insoluble includes other molecules or histochemistry or Physical cross-linking and labeling with particle physics such as organelles, membranes, surfaces, cells or subcellular bodies (such as due to internal acoustics) or chemical association. The method of the invention for analyzing "insoluble" targets Does not include techniques for the analysis of soluble targets. As used herein, "fixed" 咅转PPishan ^ U疋Μ明 has been placed in formalin, buffered formalin, polyoxymethylene or equivalent preservation solution The preserved biological sample. In some cases, the 'fixed sample will also be placed in the stone to prepare for cutting with a slice of 130267.doc -16- 200907067 and any number of U-Hau π 1 ± q Reagents other than Marin , alcohol, etc.) As used herein, "standard stem" refers to a substance whose presence, activity and/or amount is intended to be determined and which has an affinity for a particular probe. The label may be an artificial or naturally occurring material. Furthermore, it may be used in its unaltered state or in the form of aggregates with other substances. The stem may be covalently or non-covalently linked to the binding member either directly or via a specific binding substance. Examples of targets that can be used in the present invention Including, but not limited to, receptors (on vesicles, lipids, cell membranes, or a variety of other receptors); Cha-specific receptor-binding ligands, 4-footed or anti-reagents, and specific antigens & Stators react with multiple strains of anti-sputum, monoclonal antibodies and antisera (such as on viruses, cells or other substances); drugs; nucleic acids or polymorphic acids (including mRNA, tRNA, rRNA, oligonucleotides, dNA, Viral RNA or DNA, EST, cDNA, PCR amplification products derived from RNA or DNA, miRNA, siRNA, RNAi and their mutations, variants or modifications); proteins (including enzymes such as enzymes responsible for cleavage of neurotransmitters, proteases) Kinases and analogs thereof; enzyme substrates; peptides; cofactors; lectins; sugars; polysaccharides; cells (which may include cell surface antigens); cell membranes, organelles, etc. Other such molecules or other substances in the form of valency linkages, etc. As used herein, the terms nucleic acid, polynucleotide, polynucleic acid, and oligonucleotide are interchangeable. The label may also be referred to as a counter probe. As used herein, a "probe" is a substance (eg, a molecule) that is specifically recognizable by a particular target. The type of potential probe/target or target/probe binding partner includes a receptor/ligand; a ligand /anti-ligand; nucleic acid (polynucleotide) 130267.doc -17- 200907067 Interaction, including DNA/DNA, DNA/RNA, PNA (peptide nucleic acid) / nucleic acid; LNA (locked nucleic acid), enzyme, other Catalysts or other substances with substrates, small molecules or effector molecules, and the like. Examples of probes encompassed by the present invention include, but are not limited to, organic and inorganic substances or polymers including metals, chelating agents or other compounds that specifically interact with metals, plastics, cytomembrane receptor agonists, and Antagonists, toxins and venoms, viral epitopes, hormones (eg, peptides, steroids, etc.), hormone receptors, lipids (including phospholipids), peptides, enzymes (such as proteases or kinases), enzyme substrates, cofactors , drugs, lectins, sugars, nucleic acids (including oligonucleotides, DNA, RNA, PNA, LNA or modified or substituted nucleic acids), oligosaccharides, proteins, enzymes, polyclonal antibodies and monoclonal antibodies, single Chain antibody or fragment thereof. The probe polymer can be linear or cyclic. The probe can distinguish between phosphorylated and non-phosphorylated proteins based on differential activity or differential binding. Probes such as lectins can distinguish between different glycosylated proteins. As used herein, the terms nucleic acid, polynucleotide, polynucleic acid, and oligonucleotide are interchangeable. Any of the above substances as "probes may also act as "target", and vice versa. In addition, other agents may be used to help disrupt tissue to allow the probe to access the target knife, such as for immunohistochemical analysis or for "defecting" or "removing" in a fixed tissue, or for example using proteinase k or collagen or soap. Or a detergent, or use a specific buffer to make the molecules in the tissue "refolding. Any phase, 14 main work. Zhuang surface can be used in conjunction with the invention. Surface (usually solid) ^ for organic or inorganic Any of the substances or combinations thereof, including 130267.doc -18- 200907067 (by way of example only) plastics, such as polypropylene (melt) cerium oxide, quartz or sputum, II. The present ethylene 'ceramic' 矽The thickness of the mirror slide or glass cover slip. έ ° " has (for example) glass microscopy; nitrocellulose fibrin over ruthenium film; ^ membrane, such as crepe paper; diazotized fiber type gel 塾, for example, by aerogels;

(:=多…趙(包括_,其係藉由用多種常I 法,及光二者乾無濕凝夥來製備。當進行檢定之方 有^光學偵測時’對光透明之基板為有用的。表面可且 有任何厚度或不透明度,复 容。 彳、了與(例如)習知偵測方法相 佳實施例中,表面為多孔塑=面㈣不透明盤。在一較 塑膠表面,例如組織培養盤,例 二孔盤、96孔盤、256孔盤、384孔盤、864孔盤或1536 。(例如改良盤’諸如c〇rning c〇star dna結合盤)。錨 〇。表面直接締合(例如結合),或可與一類表面(例如玻 璃),净口,轉而使其與(例如,微量滴定盤中塑膠"孔”内之) 、,自接觸置放。表面之形狀並不關鍵。其可(例如)為 平表面’諸如正方形、長方形或圓形;彎曲表面;或三 維表面諸如微珠、粒子、股線、沈澱物、f、球;等等 或過慮裔、微珠、毛細管内、或微觀流體表面或奈米粒 〇 表面包含單一區域(諸如通常用於高密度陣列)或空間上 着支曰-^1- ; v fc 又址或可識別之多個區域。各區域包含一組錨或 Ί #獲^朱針(如常用於陣列中或用於俘獲分子於表面 上)°區域分隔方式、其物理特性及其彼此相對定位並不 130267.doc -19- 200907067 關鍵。在-實施例中,區域可由防止液體通過之任何物理 障Μ此分隔開。舉例而言,在一較佳實施例中,區域可 為多孔(例如,組織培養)盤(例如24孔盤、96孔盤、256孔 盤、384孔盤、864孔盤或1536孔盤)之孔。或者,可蝕刻 出一表面(諸如一玻璃表面)以具有(例如)864個或1536個離 政之淺孔。或者,表面可包含不具有分隔或孔之區域,例 如平坦表面(例如塑膠、玻璃或紙之片),且個別區域可藉 由重疊界定單獨區域之結構(例如,一片塑膠或玻璃)而進 一步界定。視情況地,在個別區域經界定之前,一表面可 已包含錯或與連接子締合之錫之一或多個陣列。在另一實 施例中,各區域内錨之陣列可由不存在錨之表面上之空白 空間或由化學邊界(諸如蠟或聚矽氧)彼此分隔開,以防止 液滴展布。 在另一實施例中,區域可被定義為(例如)為流經檢定所 »又片之管或流體控制通道,如(例如)Beattie等人,(1995) Clin. Chem. 4, 700-706中所揭示。管可具有任何尺寸,例 如毛細管或較寬口徑管;可允許液體流動;或可部分或完 全填充以凝膠(例如瓊脂糖或聚丙稀酿胺),化合物可(例 如)藉由電泳經該凝膠傳輸(通過、流過、抽吸或具有通 道(例如,線性通道)之空間填充基質,如(例如)Alb〇ta等 人 ’(1998). Science 281,1653-1656 ; Cumpston 等人, (1998). Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. 488,217-225 ;及/或 Cumpston等人,(1999). Nature 398,51-54中所述。在此種 空間填充基質中,其中之液體及/或分子可不僅沿著垂直 130267.doc •20- 200907067 於管壁之方向行進,且亦可橫向擴散。在—較佳實施例 中,管經凝膝或空間帛充基質填充;使該凝勝或空間填充 基質活化以利於錨之結合’且依序地通過不同錨,從而允 許在凝膠内形成錨之陣列(例如線性陣列);且連續地通過 連接子、標靶等。陣列可為線性、2維或3維。 可於單-管内進行複數個檢定。舉例而m结合連 接子之㈣管中之單-陣列可再使用(例如,加以剝離且 Γ 再使用’或再程式化規劃)於相同或不同樣品之連續檢定 中。在另-實施例中,將複數個管用於單一檢定中,例 如,於複數個含有不同陣列之管中分析所關注樣品。管中 之錯及錯/連接子締合可為本文中他處所述之類型中的任 一者。 表:内或表面上等之區域亦可由其表面之修飾界定。舉 j而》冑膠表面可包含由改質或衍生塑膠製成之部分, 其可充當(例如)用於加成特定類型聚合物之位點(例如, peg可與聚笨乙締表面連接且隨後經羧基或胺基、雙鍵、 搭及其類似物衍生)。或者,塑膠表面可包含諸如突起或 凸鬼之模製結構’其可充當用於添加錨之平台。在另—實 :例中,區域可為凝膠塾(例如,聚丙稀酿胺凝膠墊或氣 墊)’其以所需形式排列於 、 個表面(諸如,玻璃及石、 或夾層於兩 璃及石夬盤)之間。錨、連接子等可固定 夕:装 上’或可包埋於其中。凝膠墊於表面上之 二=他排列對於熟習此項技術者而言將為顯而易(:=More...Zhao (including _, which is prepared by using a variety of normal I methods, and both light and dry condensate. When the test is performed with ^ optical detection, it is useful for light-transparent substrates) The surface may have any thickness or opacity, recombination. In contrast to, for example, conventional detection methods, the surface is a porous plastic = surface (iv) opaque disk. On a more plastic surface, for example Tissue culture plate, such as two-well plate, 96-well plate, 256-well plate, 384-well plate, 864-well plate or 1536. (eg modified disk 'such as c〇rning c〇star dna binding plate.) Anchor. Surface directly Combine (for example, in combination), or with a type of surface (such as glass), clean the mouth, and then make it (for example, in the plastic "holes in the microtiter plate), self-contact. The shape of the surface and Not critical. It can be, for example, a flat surface such as a square, rectangle or circle; a curved surface; or a three-dimensional surface such as microbeads, particles, strands, precipitates, f, balls, etc. or caregivers, microbeads , in capillary, or microfluidic surface or nanoparticle surface inclusion An area (such as is usually used for high-density arrays) or a space-supporting group -^1-; v fc is located or identifiable in multiple areas. Each area contains a set of anchors or Ί #获^朱针 (as commonly used In the array or for capturing molecules on the surface), the region separation, its physical properties and its relative positioning to one another are not critical. In the embodiment, the region can be protected by any physical medium that prevents liquids from passing through. The barriers are separated. For example, in a preferred embodiment, the regions can be porous (eg, tissue culture) discs (eg, 24-well discs, 96-well discs, 256-well discs, 384-well discs, 864 wells). Or a hole in a 1536-well disk. Alternatively, a surface (such as a glass surface) may be etched to have, for example, 864 or 1536 shallow holes. Alternatively, the surface may include areas without spaces or holes. For example, a flat surface (such as a sheet of plastic, glass or paper), and individual regions may be further defined by overlapping structures that define individual regions (eg, a piece of plastic or glass). Optionally, before individual regions are defined, Surface can One or more arrays of tin that have been incorrectly associated or associated with the linker. In another embodiment, the array of anchors within each region may be free of blank spaces on the surface of the anchor or by chemical boundaries (such as wax or poly The helium is separated from each other to prevent droplet spread. In another embodiment, the region can be defined, for example, as a tube or fluid control channel that flows through the assay, such as, for example, Beattie (1995) Clin. Chem. 4, 700-706. Tubes can be of any size, such as capillaries or wider caliber tubes; can allow liquid to flow; or can be partially or completely filled with gel (eg agar) Sugar or polyacrylamide), the compound can be, for example, transported through the gel by electrophoresis (passing, flowing, aspirating or having a space with channels (eg, linear channels) such as, for example, Alb〇ta Et al. (1998). Science 281, 1653-1656; Cumpston et al., (1998). Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. 488, 217-225; and/or Cumpston et al., (1999). Nature Said in 398, 51-54. In such a space-filled matrix, the liquid and/or molecules thereof may travel not only along the vertical direction of the tube wall, but also laterally. In a preferred embodiment, the tube is filled with a knee or space-filled matrix; the swell or space-filled substrate is activated to facilitate anchoring of the anchors and sequentially through different anchors, thereby allowing anchors to be formed within the gel An array (eg, a linear array); and continuously passed through a linker, target, or the like. The array can be linear, 2-dimensional or 3-dimensional. Multiple checks can be performed in a single tube. For example, the single-array in the (iv) tube of the m-bonding link can be reused (e.g., stripped and reused or reprogrammed) in a continuous assay of the same or different samples. In another embodiment, a plurality of tubes are used in a single assay, for example, analyzing a sample of interest in a plurality of tubes containing different arrays. The error in the tube and the error/linker association can be any of the types described elsewhere herein. Table: The area inside or on the surface can also be defined by the modification of its surface. The surface of the silicone may comprise a portion made of modified or derived plastic that acts as, for example, a site for addition of a particular type of polymer (eg, peg may be attached to a polyethylidene surface) Subsequent to carboxyl or amine groups, double bonds, and analogs thereof). Alternatively, the plastic surface may comprise a molded structure such as a protrusion or a convex ghost' which may serve as a platform for adding an anchor. In another embodiment, the region may be a gel crucible (eg, a polyacrylamide gel pad or an air cushion) that is arranged in a desired form on a surface (such as glass and stone, or sandwiched between two glass). Between the stone and the stone plate). Anchors, connectors, etc. can be fixed at night: or can be embedded in it. The gel pad on the surface of the second = his arrangement will be obvious to those skilled in the art

且其可由常規、習知古、土立L 4 生。測§式區域之相對定位可採 130267.doc 200907067 用夕種形式中之任—者,其包括(但不限於)正方形或長 形或其他表面内之平行或垂直陣列、圓形或其他 徑向延伸陣列或線性陣列等。 面内之 本發明之空間離散區域係以—或多個複本存在。亦即, 存在至少—個、兩個、較佳至少20個或至少約24個、5〇 個96個、256個、384個、864個、1536個、2025個或 2Q25個以上等之大體上相同之空間離散(分隔)區域。增: 重複區域之數目可允許逐漸增高之產量之檢定。如本^中 所用,大體上相同之區域係指含有錨及/或錯/連接子複入 物之相同或大體上相同之陣列的區域。如本文中所心 體上相同意謂在根據本發明分析標乾之情況令一陣列或區 域意欲發揮與另-陣列或區域基本上相同的功能。基本上 不影響功能(亦即標乾之可偵測性)之差異遵循小㈣酸不 完整性(遺漏/插人/取代)或寡核苦酸不完整性(不良表面結 合)等之原則,其在檢定精確性内不顯著影響標乾測定結 當然,熟習此項技術者將認識到:當僅欲測試一樣品, 或測試單-組合樣品時,或當陣列較大n區域為有 用的’且並非表面上之所有區域需要彼此大體上相同。舉 例而s ’若將平行測試不同兩組陣列 J則在早一表面上包 括兩組陣列可能為有利的。舉例而+ D ’不同兩組陣列可以 交替條帶形式排列,以有助於豆之門 、,、之間的比較。在另一實施 例中,實施者可能希望包括能以可斑 兴表面上之其他區域區 分之方式偵測的區域且進而可用竹” 6 / J州邗叱位區域"。舉例而 130267.doc -22- 200907067 ,定位區域可包含募核苷酸或肽,其展現可由掃描偵測 設備識別為"起始點I·之螢光分子之特殊形式以對準2面上 區域之位置。 測T區域之尺寸及物理間隔不受限制。典型區域具有約 1 _2至約700 mm2、較佳! mm2至約4〇 _2之面積,且間 隔約0.5醜至約5 mm ’且常規情況下視有關面積而定二 選擇。在-較佳實施例中’區域間隔約5随。舉例而+, 各區域可包含狀大致圓形的點之具有(例如_及崎之 長方形栅格,該等點直徑為約⑽微米且間隔5的微米;此 將覆蓋約20毫米正方形面積。包括較大及較小區域 面積與間隔。 區域亦可進—步加以再分以使得區域内之—些或 例如)壓痕或凹坑與相鄰錯物理分隔。舉例而言田 區(子區域)之數目可在約_至約_固或卿 盤以下之範圍内°在—實施例中’作為⑽孔 j之孔之區域可進一步爯八或 沾n 乂再刀為較小規模的孔,例如約4至 約_個、較佳約16至約3 1如約4至 列。士相 進而形成孔内孔之陣 麵(或一組錨)物理置入各指 ^ 立3有錨之區域之尺寸更一 炎,進而有助於偵測與探針結合之標靶。 如本文中所用之術語”錨,,裨 * . μ , 田係扣與表面締合(例如,固定於 表面上,或共價或非共價盘表 U疋 八以丨 …、面連接)或為此表面之一部 为(例如,塑膠表面之衍 面乞 之連接甘 卩刀)且可經歷與如本文中所述 之連接子或其他物質之肖 及作用或締合的任何實體或 130267.doc -23· 200907067 例如分子。與(例如)連接子分子締合1之部分可 直接與表面締合,或錦可包含中間"間隔子”部分。此類門 :子Π何Γ,例如此項技謂知之多種物質= 二。:一,施例中’間隔子為具有(例如)約5-取、 較佳約12個c之線性碳分子。在另一實施例中,間隔子為 (本文中他處所述類型中之任— ''' 可又)核虹其不經歷盥(例 如)連接子分子之特定相互作用或締合。 〃(“ 如本文中所用之術語”錯”亦 各組錐之位置在本文中稱作"位點相同之^ 知,位點處存在之個別錨分 #支術中所熟 J釉刀子之數目僅受(例如)由錨之尺 寸引入之物理束缚限制。舉例而言,例如直徑為約Μ · μιη之位點可包含數百萬個錯。 如::中所用’當錨及連接子已以特定方式經 合組合時,存在,,辑接子複合物,,。與連接子之相互作用 可為不可逆的’諸如經由某些共價鍵;或為可逆的,諸如 經由核酸雜交。 在一較佳實施例令,錫為核酸,其可為任何長度(例 如,养核苦酸)或任何類型(例如,dna、⑽八、舰、 LNA或RNA或DNA分子之pcR產物)。核酸可經修飾或取代 (例如,包含非天然存在之核苦酸,諸如肌苦;經由各種 已知鍵(諸如胺基續酸醋、績酿胺 '琉代麟酸醋、甲夷膦 酸醋、胺基甲酸醋等)或半合成分子(諸如麗_抗生蛋白鏈 菌素接合物等)接合)。單鏈核酸較佳。 核酸錯可具有適合本發明之任何長度。舉例而言,銷可 130267.doc -24· 200907067 為長度在約8至約50個核苷酸範圍内、較佳約ι〇、Η、 2〇、25或3〇個核苷酸之寡核苷酸。在另一實施例中,錨之 長度可長達約50至約300個核苦酸,或更長或更短,^佳 約200至約250個核苷酸。舉例而言,錨可包含約⑼至約 2〇〇個核苦酸之如上所述之”間隔子”核酸,且與該間隔子 相鄰的為(例如)約10、15、2〇、25或3〇個核普酸之較短序 列,其經設計以與連接子分子("連接子特異性序列")相互 作用。此等間隔子可為任何長度或類型之核酸,且可具有 在^發明中起作用之任何驗基組成。在一較佳實施例^中, 在區域内一位點處之各錨之間隔子及/或不同位點上之 各錯之間隔子大體上相同;因此錯主要就其連接子特異性 序列而言彼此不同。 丄1 子可賦予鎘以優點’從而允許效能改良。舉例而 言,此類錯之連接子特異性部分與表面相距較遠,且因此 =其較接近表面時物理束缚要小且受到較小空間位阻。此 (例如)具有不同靶特異性之複數個不同連接子(例 如;約2至約100個)與錯在特定位點處締合。如下文更詳 t述’個別錯可包含(除間隔子之外)複數個(例如)以縱 列線性方式排列之速垃 連接子特異性序列;此允許複數個不同 類型之連接子斑曼,1、_ ^ 個此錯在特定位點處締合。下文亦 2細論述複數個不同類型之連接子可與錯在特定位點處 雕合之另一方式_ /,,、日 此合位點"處,兩個或兩個以上錨係 2與具有不同乾特異性之不同連接子締合。由於包含間 隔子之錨之物理彈性,,— 甘将疋位點處之錨可易於與複數個 130267.doc -25· 200907067 不同連接子分子結合, 一 定位點處複數個連:子:=相鄰錨分子物理束缚。在特 測特定位點處數目增加二二::優點在於其允㈣ 點處結合之該複數個連接;:且有=一:施例中,在特定位 同部分(例如,核酸内之塞同一所關注乾核酸之不 針。此允,鱼用置一 4叼暴核苷酸序列)具特異性之探 一實施’ 米針偵測相比擴大之標靶偵測。在另 只她例中,該複數個連接子且古料丁门 乃 f 乾具特異性之探針“ 有對不同(例如不相關)標 標乾。包含間厂子許侦測特定位點内之複數個不同 相對乾大 π之麵之另-優點在於其可更易於容納與 (lit白之/子(諸如蛋白質)締合及/或與相對較大之標乾 貝臈或細胞)結合的連接子。 ^酸=之驗基組成未必受限。錯之任何驗基組成為可接 二、舉:;限:“条件為出於本發明之目的該等錯係起作用 、而s ’在-區域中—位點處或不同位點處之單鏈 核酸錯可包含部分或完全隨機之序列(例如,隨機產生之 J例如對A、G、τ及/或C之相對量無限制)。在一實施 例中,銷不為”序列異構體”(例如,,,隨機序列異構體"),亦 即具有相@量之G、C、UT但以不同相對次序排列之募 核苷酸。亦即’(例如)區域之不同位點處之錨不符合方程 式:Gn Cn Am Tm ’其中nAm為整數。例如參見圖i中所 示之錨,其不為隨機序列異構體。在本發明之錨中,G與 C之里不需大致相同,a及τ之相對量亦不需大致相同。此 外,G、C、八及丁之淨相對量未必受限制。舉例而言,區 域中錨之鹼基組成可在相對富含GC(亦即大於5〇% G+c)至 130267.doc -26- 200907067 、 " C A及T至相對富含AT(亦即大於5〇〇/0 T)之fe圍内變化。在一實施例中錨係以(例如)使得對 G、C、A及T之相對量無限制之方式隨機產生。 /含核酸間隔子及—或多個連接子特異性部分之錯未必 符合關於驗基組成之任何特定限制。舉例而言,若位於區 域中不同位點處之錯具有大體上相同之間隔子(例如大體 上相同之25聚體或_聚體),但各料有不同連接子特里 '㈣分(例如,25聚體),騎使連接子特異性部分滿足特 二要如’ A|^G之數目大致相等;了與。之數目大致相 等’寡聚物符合方程式Gn Cn Am Tm ;及/或G+C含量滿足 特定要求),就整體而言錫亦將不會滿足彼等特定要求。 同樣地,即使區域中不同位點處之錫之連接子特異性部分 大體上彼此不同(例如,各連接子特異性部分具有與區域 中各其他連接子特異性部分相差至少約游〇或鳩或_ 之二歹乂’考慮到核酸之整個長度,錨之淨序列一致性亦 可能遠遠較小。|々丨丨品一 „ 舉例而S,若各錨包含大體上相同之25〇 聚體間隔子及25聚體連接子特異性部分(其與區域中之所 有其他連接子特異性部分⑽%不同),則錯相對於彼此仍 將相差僅1 0%。 i苗亦可為肽或蛋白曾。與π + …。 贫白資舉例而言’其可為多株抗體分子 或早株抗體分子或且片j皆 丁 4,、片& ’或早鏈抗體或其片段,其盥作 為抗原或抗抗體分子之連接子的部分特異性結合;就一方 面而言,錯可為肽,且與其結合之連接子部分可為抗體或 其類似物。在另—眘竑也,Λ 實施例中,錨可為外源凝集素(諸如來 130267.doc •27· 200907067 自諸如鱟(Limulus)、花生、綠豆、菜豆(phase〇lus)、麥胚 等之有機體之刀豆球蛋白A或凝集素),其對特定碳水化合 物具特異性。在另一實施例中,錨可包含有機分子(諸如 改質或衍生塑膠聚合物),其可充當(例如)寡核苷酸之特異 性固相化學合成之場所。在此情況下,衍生塑膝可以離散 衍生化位點之陣列形式分布,其係在製造過程中整體形成 於組合之塑膠表面中。在另一實施例中,錯可利用金屬離 子(例如 Ni、Zn、Ca、Mg^^w^R._ 特異性或優選結合。舉例而言,銷可為聚組胺酸,且連& T之錫特異性部分可為錄,其係經由錦螯合劑與IM寺異性 才木針連接或者’螯合劑可為Μ聚組胺酸可為探針相關 部分。或者,錫可包含無機物質。舉例而言,銷可包 ㈣或鎂之金屬,且連接子之錯特異性部分可為優選整八 Γ分別為諸如謝八或叫其係與㈣異性探針: 熟習此項技術者㈣識到多種其他_之 :錯’諸如—結合所論述之彼等一般類 錯亦可為雜合結構,諸如_ 本文中他處所述方式中之住—鏈體,或包含(例如)以And it can be produced by conventional, conventional, and traditional L4. The relative positioning of the §-type region can be taken as 130267.doc 200907067, which includes, but is not limited to, parallel or vertical arrays, circles or other radial directions in square or elongated or other surfaces. Extended arrays or linear arrays, etc. In-plane spatial discrete regions of the invention exist in one or more copies. That is, there are at least one, two, preferably at least 20, or at least about 24, 5, 96, 256, 384, 864, 1536, 2025, or 2Q25 or more. The same spatial discrete (separated) area. Increase: The number of repeating zones allows for a gradual increase in the production of the test. As used herein, a substantially identical region refers to a region comprising the same or substantially identical array of anchors and/or malware/linker replicons. As used herein, the same is meant to mean that an array or region is intended to perform substantially the same function as another array or region in the context of analyzing the stem according to the present invention. The difference that does not substantially affect the function (ie, the detectability of the standard dryness) follows the principle of small (tetra) acid incompleteness (missing/insertion/substitution) or oligo-nucleic acid incompleteness (bad surface bonding). It does not significantly affect the dry-label determination within the accuracy of the assay. Of course, those skilled in the art will recognize that when only one sample is to be tested, or when a single-combined sample is tested, or when a larger n-area of the array is useful' And not all areas on the surface need to be substantially identical to each other. For example, it may be advantageous to test two different arrays J in parallel, including two sets of arrays on the early surface. For example, + D ' different sets of arrays can be arranged in alternating strips to help compare the doors, , and . In another embodiment, the implementer may wish to include an area that can be detected in a manner distinguishable from other areas on the surface of the surface and, in turn, a bamboo "6/J state 区域 area". For example, 130267.doc -22- 200907067, the localization region may comprise a nucleotide or peptide that exhibits a special form of fluorescent molecules that can be recognized by the scanning detection device as "starting point I· to align the position on the 2-sided region. The size and physical spacing of the T region are not limited. Typical regions have an area of from about 1 _2 to about 700 mm 2 , preferably from mm 2 to about 4 〇 2 , and are spaced from about 0.5 ug to about 5 mm 'and are conventionally viewed Regarding the area, the choice is two. In the preferred embodiment, the 'area spacing is about 5. For example, +, each area may contain a point having a substantially circular shape (for example, a rectangular grid of _ and Saki, such points) The diameter is about (10) micrometers and the spacing is 5 micrometers; this will cover a square area of about 20 millimeters. It includes larger and smaller area and spacing. The area can be further divided to make some or some of the areas Indentations or pits are physically separated from adjacent faults. For example, the number of fields (sub-regions) may be in the range of about _ to about _solid or below the disk. In the embodiment, the area of the hole of the hole (10) may be further 爯 or n n 乂The knives are smaller scale pores, for example from about 4 to about _, preferably from about 16 to about 31, such as from about 4 to the column. The phase of the pores and thus the pores of the pores (or a set of anchors) are physically placed into each The area of the anchored area is more inflammatory, which in turn helps to detect the target that is bound to the probe. As used herein, the term "anchor, 裨*. μ, field buckle and surface association" (for example, fixed on the surface, or covalent or non-covalent disk table U 疋 、 、, face connection) or one part of the surface for this (for example, the connection surface of the plastic surface And may be subjected to any entity or 130267.doc -23. 200907067, for example, a molecule that is associated with or linked to a linker or other substance as described herein. The portion associated with, for example, the linker molecule can be directly associated with the surface, or the coma can contain an intermediate "spacer" portion. Such a gate: a sub-health, such as a multi-substance of this technique = two In one embodiment, the 'spacer is a linear carbon molecule having, for example, about 5 to about 1, preferably about 12, c. In another embodiment, the spacer is (in the type described elsewhere herein).任任— ''' can again) nuclear rainbows that do not undergo specific interactions or associations of 盥 (for example) linker molecules. 〃 (“The terminology used in this article” is also the position of each set of cones in this paper. Known as the "same location, the number of J-glazed knives that are present in the individual anchors present at the site is limited only by the physical constraints imposed by, for example, the size of the anchor. For example, diameter The site of about Μ · μιη can contain millions of errors. For example: when the anchor and the linker have been combined and combined in a specific way, exist, the complex, and the linker The interaction may be irreversible, such as via some covalent bond; or reversible, For example, via nucleic acid hybridization. In a preferred embodiment, tin is a nucleic acid, which can be of any length (eg, nutrient acid) or of any type (eg, dna, (10) octa, naval, LNA or RNA or DNA molecules The pcR product) may be modified or substituted (for example, comprising non-naturally occurring nucleotides such as muscle bitter; via various known bonds (such as amine-based sour vinegar, distillate amine 琉 麟 麟 vinegar, A A single-stranded nucleic acid is preferred. A nucleic acid error may have any length suitable for the present invention. For example,言,销可130267.doc -24· 200907067 is an oligonucleotide having a length in the range of about 8 to about 50 nucleotides, preferably about ι, Η, 2 〇, 25 or 3 核苷酸 nucleotides. In another embodiment, the anchor can be up to about 50 to about 300 nucleotides long, or longer or shorter, preferably from about 200 to about 250 nucleotides. For example, the anchor can comprise a "spacer" nucleic acid as described above from about (9) to about 2 nucleotides, and adjacent to the spacer (example) For example, a short sequence of about 10, 15, 2, 25, or 3 nucleotides designed to interact with a linker molecule ("linker-specific sequence"). Any nucleic acid of any length or type, and which may have any of the assay bases that function in the invention. In a preferred embodiment, the spacers and/or different bits of each anchor at a single point in the region The spacers on the points are substantially the same; therefore, the errors are mainly different from each other in terms of their linker-specific sequences. The 丄1 sub-send can give cadmium an advantage' to allow for efficiency improvement. For example, such a misconnection The sub-specific portion is far from the surface, and thus = it is less physically bound and less sterically hindered when it is closer to the surface. Thus, for example, a plurality of different linkers (e.g., from about 2 to about 100) having different target specificities associate with a particular site at a particular site. As described in more detail below, 'an individual error can include (in addition to a spacer) a plurality of (for example) a fast-linker-specific sequence arranged in a linear manner in a column; this allows for a plurality of different types of linker zebras, 1, _ ^ This error is associated at a specific site. In the following 2, we discuss in detail another way in which a plurality of different types of linkers can be fused at a specific site. _ /,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Different linker associations with different dry specificities. Due to the physical elasticity of the anchor containing the spacer, the anchor at the 疋 position can be easily combined with a plurality of different linker molecules of 130267.doc -25· 200907067, and a plurality of linkages at one anchor point: sub:=phase The adjacent anchor molecules are physically bound. The number is increased by two or two at a specific site: the advantage is that the plurality of connections are combined at the (four) point; and there is = one: in the embodiment, the same portion (for example, the same in the nucleic acid) The focus of the dry nucleic acid is not a needle. This allows the fish to use a 4 叼 核苷酸 核苷酸 核苷酸 核苷酸 具 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 实施 米 米 米 米 米 米 米 米 米 米 米 米 米In the other case, the plurality of linkers and the ancient Dingmen are probes that are specific to the stem (there are different (eg, irrelevant) labels. The inclusion of the plant is detected within a specific site. Another advantage of a plurality of different relatively dry π faces is that it is easier to accommodate linkers that associate with (white (or protein) associations and/or with relatively large stems or cells) ^Acid=The composition of the test base is not necessarily limited. Any composition of the error base can be taken as follows: Limit: "The condition is that the wrong system works for the purpose of the present invention, and the s 'in-region A single-stranded nucleic acid error at a mid-site or at a different site may comprise a partially or completely random sequence (e.g., a randomly generated J such as a relative amount of A, G, τ, and/or C is not limited). In one embodiment, the pin is not a "sequence isomer" (eg, a random sequence isomer), that is, a nucleus having a phase of G, C, UT but arranged in a different relative order. Glycosylate. That is, the anchor at a different location of the region, for example, does not conform to the equation: Gn Cn Am Tm ' where nAm is an integer. See, for example, the anchor shown in Figure i, which is not a random sequence isomer. In the anchor of the present invention, G and C do not need to be substantially the same, and the relative amounts of a and τ do not need to be substantially the same. In addition, the net relative amounts of G, C, VIII and D are not necessarily limited. For example, the base composition of the anchor in the region can be relatively rich in GC (ie, greater than 5〇% G+c) to 130267.doc -26-200907067, "CA and T to relatively rich AT (ie, More than 5 〇〇 / 0 T) within the fe within the change. In one embodiment the anchor system is randomly generated, for example, such that the relative amounts of G, C, A, and T are not limited. The error of the nucleic acid-containing spacer and/or the plurality of linker-specific portions does not necessarily conform to any particular limitation regarding the composition of the assay. For example, if the errors at different sites in the region have substantially the same spacer (eg, substantially the same 25-mer or _-mer), each material has a different linker Terry '(four) minutes (eg , 25-mer), riding makes the linker-specific part satisfy the special two as the number of 'A|^G is roughly equal; The number is roughly equal. The oligomers meet the equation Gn Cn Am Tm; and/or the G+C content meets the specific requirements. As a whole, tin will not meet their specific requirements. Likewise, even the linker-specific portions of tin at different sites in the region are substantially different from each other (eg, each linker-specific portion has a difference from at least about the other linker-specific portions of the region, at least about 〇 or 鸠 or _ 歹乂 歹乂 ' Taking into account the entire length of the nucleic acid, the net sequence consistency of the anchor may also be much smaller. | 々丨丨品一 „ For example, S, if each anchor contains substantially the same 25 〇 polymer interval And the 25-mer linker-specific portion (which differs from all other linker-specific portions (10)% in the region), then the error will still differ by only 10% relative to each other. i seedlings may also be peptides or proteins. And π + .... Lean white, for example, 'may be a plurality of antibody molecules or early strain antibody molecules or tablets, 4, tablets & ' or early chain antibodies or fragments thereof, Or a partial-specific binding of a linker of an anti-antibody molecule; in one aspect, the error may be a peptide, and the linker moiety to which it is bound may be an antibody or an analog thereof. In another example, 竑, the anchor can be a foreign lectin (such as to 1302 67.doc •27· 200907067 From Concanavalin A or Lectin, an organism such as Limulus, peanut, mung bean, phase〇lus, wheat germ, etc., which is specific for a particular carbohydrate. In another embodiment, the anchor may comprise an organic molecule (such as a modified or derivatized plastic polymer) that acts as a site for specific solid phase chemical synthesis of, for example, an oligonucleotide. In this case, a derivative The knee can be distributed in an array of discrete derivatization sites, which are integrally formed in the combined plastic surface during the manufacturing process. In another embodiment, the metal ions can be utilized (eg, Ni, Zn, Ca, Mg^^). w^R._ specific or preferred binding. For example, the pin may be a polyhistidine, and the tin-specific portion of the & T may be recorded, which is via the chelating agent and the IM temple heterosexual wood needle The linker or 'chelator may be a poly-histamine which may be a probe-related moiety. Alternatively, the tin may comprise an inorganic substance. For example, the pin may comprise (iv) or a metal of magnesium, and the mis-specific portion of the linker may be Preferably, the whole gossip is such as Xie Ba or called And (4) heterosexual probes: those skilled in the art (4) recognize a variety of other _: wrong 'such as - combined with their general error can also be a heterozygous structure, such as _ in the way described elsewhere Live-chain, or contain (for example)

及蛋白質的雙鏈體。舉^ t 7異性相互作用之D N A (該部分與表面直接接觸° :體錨之"鹼基部分” 酸;較佳地,驗基部分亦包含間3隔視㈣ 性碳間隔子。在一實施例巾 例如如上所述之線 締合⑼如雜交),形成包:至此驗基部分 v 個#分雙鏈(雙鏈體)核 130267.doc -28· 200907067 酸w。舉例而言,驗基部分可包含線性碳間隔子,其在 端處與表面連接,且在另—端處與約叫⑽個核皆酸、 較佳約25個核㈣之單鏈嶋寡核苦酸連接;且雙鍵體之 第二部分可包含與鹼基部分之至少—部分(例如,末端約 40個核苷酸)互補之序列,接著為可選間隔子(例如,約 15個、較佳約1G個核㈣)、接著為連接子特異性序列(例 如’長度為約8至約50個核苷酸、較佳約心2〇、25或% 個核苷酸、最佳約25個核苷酸之序列)。 使用此項技術中習知之最優化程序,可改變銷雙鏈體之 互補部分及其連接子特異性序狀相對長度錢基組成以 適應檢定之需要。I你丨& r- η _ 舉例而έ,序列可經選擇以使得連接子 可在雙鏈⑽自身料完整之條件τ自錢㈣分子解離 (例如,自㈣體錯分子溶融分離)。因而在必要時,可再 ,用雙鏈體編之剩餘陣列,以與相同❹同連接子分子雜 交。或者’可選擇序列以使制/連接子雜合物與雙鍵體 錫之兩個互補部分在相同條件下解離,僅留下與表面接觸 之驗基部分。在—實施例中,區域之特定位點處或所有位 點:之所有或大體上所有的鹼基部分相同或大體上相同。 僅當最初添加回雙鏈體錨之互補部分(其為一種需要涉及 於雙鍵體形成中之驗基部分之序列的知識之方法)時,在 此類解離後剩餘之鹼基部分之陣列才可加以再使用㈤ 如’用於與連接子分子雜交)。製造可由不熟悉驗基部分 之序列之使用者再使用或*可由其再使用龍之陣列之能 力體現使用此等雜合錨之優點。舉例而言,製造商可防止 130267.doc -29- 200907067 其陣列之未經許可的再使用。此再使用之防 預防由過度傕用而a如 '、可(例如) 使用而引起之效能降級或不可靠性的問 在—實施例中’在區域内特定位點處 μ。 即列如,僅對-類連接子之,.紹特異性,,部分相 具特異性)。在另一實施例中,對複數個接4 複數個不同桿靶且牲盈J運接子及/或 α纪具特異性之複數個不同錫 點(稱作"混合位點^ 子在於特疋位 2 )處,例如約2至約100個、例如至 至少約4個或至少約1〇個中之複數個错。混合位點之 優點在於其允許偵測特 ^ 處數目增加之不同標靶。在 ^ 各混合位點含有-個在所有或至少若干個位 :=之錯。舉例而言,在-個以上位點處相同之錯可 〆叩質保證及/或控制或用於信號正規化。 虽然’對於僅具有單一(非重複)區域之表面 位點”亦為有利的。此類單 “ άΓ彻、έ μ 匕Α之位點之母—者處的錨 〃連接子或直接與所關注標靶相互作用。 測試區域中錯之數目(亦即,個別位點處錯之群)可為至 :兩個、較佳介於約8與約9〇〇之間(或多或少包括)、更佳 "於約8與約300之間’且最佳介於約3〇與約_之間(例如 約64)。在—些較佳實施例中對於具有如個測試區域(例 士口孔)之表面而言,存在約16、36 '如1〇〇個錫/測試區 域’或對於具有384個測試區域(例如孔)之表面而言,存在 約9、16或25個錨/測試區域。在一最佳實施例中,測試區 域中,各銷具有與陣列中所有其他錫不同之特異性。然 而-亥等4田中之兩個或兩個以上錦可共有相同特異性且所 130267.doc •30- 200907067 有^錫可相同。在—實施例中,其中本發明之組合包含 =里測試區域(例如,約864個' 1536個或更多),因此可同 ’處理大!測試樣品,可能值得關注的為測試彼等樣品的 僅有限數目(例如,約2、4、6或9個)之參數。換言之對 於包含大量區域之組合而言,每區域僅具有約2至9個錨可 能為有利的。在另—較佳實施例中,陣列可由在不使用錐/ 、子複β物之情況下直接俘獲標靶(諸如核酸酶保護探 針)之分子組成。此外’陣列可由僅幾個至成千上萬個俘 獲位點組成(通常稱作高密度陣列),且在各表面上僅可存 在一個此陣列或多個陣列。 在測試區域中或測試區域上之錯之物理間隔及相對定位 (亦即,個別位點處錨之群)不受限制。通常,錨之間的距 離為約0.003 mm至約5 mm或5 mm以下,較佳介於約〇 〇3 爪/、、’々1 mm之間。包括較大及較小的錨間隔(及區域)。 知可相對於彼此且相對於區域之邊界按任何方向排列。舉 例而5,其可按二維方向排列,諸如正方形、長方形、六 邊形或其他陣列,或具有以徑向線或同心環形式自中心散 布之錨的圓形陣列。錨亦可以一維、線性陣列形式排列。 舉例而言,募核苷酸可沿DNA或RNA序列與特定位置雜交 以形成超分子陣列,或以線性排列於流經凝膠中或於流經 β又備之表面或流經設備内之結構上與特定位置雜交。或 者’錨可經布置為|,條碼"狀形式。舉例而言,錨可布置為 彼此平行之長行。各長行之間之間隔或寬度可以規則方式 改變以產生極像條碼之簡單、可識別之圖案,例如,第— 130267.doc -31 - 200907067 仃及第二订可為其餘行之兩倍大,行可省略等。在最後一 行之後可置放一額外空行以劃分一測試區域,且在隨後測 試區域中條碼圖案可重複。 錯之圖案不需嚴格對準分離檢定孔(測試區域)或單獨檢 定液滴之位置。術語"檢定位置”將用於指檢定樣品所施加 之铋定表面之位置。(該等位置可由檢定樣品之單獨液滴 之位置或由界定例如多孔盤上個別檢定孔之壁或分隔物的 位置所界疋。)銷圖案本身(例如,寡核苷酸鋪之"條碼”狀 圖案)係用於界定各單獨錯藉由圖案識別定位之精確處, 正如各行條碼為其相對於剩餘行之位置所識別一樣。因此 第一錫不需位於各檢定位置之一邊緣或一角落處。第一錦 將藉由圖案識別而非相對於檢定位置之位置而發現。只要 各檢定位置所用之面積(例如液滴之面積或孔之面積)足夠 大以確定含有錨之重複圖案之至少一個完整單元,則各檢 定點將針對彼檢定位置測試樣品的由(條碼)圖案指定之所 有標靶’而無論圖案位於檢定位置之區域中何處皆然。 、 錨不需以嚴格或甚至固定之圖案排列於各測試區域中。 舉例而言’ I錫可與粒子、㈣或其類似物連接,後者在 測試區域内呈現任意位置。各錯之位置可藉由使用(例如) 可偵測標籤來測定。舉例而言,對各類型之錨具特異性之 連接子分子可經不同營光、發光等標藏標記,且包含特定 連接子/錨對之粒子之位置可根據自連接子發出之信號(例 如激發或發射光譜)之性質來識別。熟習此項技術者可製 備一組具有多種此等經連接標籤(各自具有可區別光譜)之 130267.doc •32- 200907067 連接子。亦jy, . _ ,4¾可直接經標記。舉例而言,各類型之錫 可、·二發出與其他類型之錨上之標籤不同的螢光光譜之標籤 ^ °己。或者,粒子、微珠或其類似物可在尺寸或形狀或顏 色或螢光或信號發射方面彼此不同。可使用本文中所述之 任何t S己及债測方法。舉例而t,可藉由CCD基成像系 、先掃描螢光顯微鏡或螢光激活細胞分類器(Flu〇rescenceAnd the duplex of the protein. The DNA of the heterosexual interaction (the portion is in direct contact with the surface: the "base portion" acid of the body anchor; preferably, the base portion also contains a 3 spacer (tetra) carbon spacer. An example towel, such as the line association (9) as described above, is hybridized to form a package: to this part, the v-point double-stranded (duplex) core 130267.doc -28. 200907067 acid w. For example, the test The base moiety can comprise a linear carbon spacer attached to the surface at the end and attached at the other end to a single-stranded oligo-acidic acid of about (10) nucleuses, preferably about 25 nucleuses (d); The second portion of the double bond may comprise a sequence that is complementary to at least a portion of the base portion (eg, about 40 nucleotides in length), followed by an optional spacer (eg, about 15, preferably about 1G) Nucleus (4)), followed by a linker-specific sequence (eg, 'length from about 8 to about 50 nucleotides, preferably about 2 〇, 25 or % nucleotides, optimally about 25 nucleotides Sequences. Using the optimization procedure known in the art, the complementary portion of the pin duplex and its linker-specific sequence can be altered. The length of the money base is composed to suit the needs of the assay. I 丨 & r- η _ For example, the sequence can be selected such that the linker can be dissociated from the money (4) molecule in the condition that the double strand (10) itself is intact (for example, Separation from (d) somatic molecular melting). Thus, if necessary, the remaining arrays of duplexes can be used to hybridize to the same genomic molecule. Alternatively, the sequence can be selected to make a hybrid/linker hybrid. Dissociating from the two complementary portions of the double bond tin under the same conditions, leaving only the portion of the moiety that is in contact with the surface. In the embodiment, at or at a specific site of the region: all or substantially all The base moieties are identical or substantially identical. Only when initially added to the complementary portion of the duplex anchor, which is a method that requires knowledge of the sequence involved in the base portion of the double bond formation, An array of base residues remaining after dissociation can be reused (5) as 'for hybridization with a linker molecule.' Manufactured by a user who is unfamiliar with the sequence of the base moiety or * can be reused by the array of dragons ability The advantages of these hybrid anchors are now used. For example, the manufacturer can prevent unauthorized reuse of the array of 130267.doc -29- 200907067. The prevention of this reuse is caused by excessive use. The performance degradation or unreliability that can be caused, for example, by using - in the embodiment 'in a specific site within the region μ. That is, for example, only for the -type linker, the specificity, part Specific in one embodiment. In another embodiment, a plurality of different tin points (referred to as "mixing) for a plurality of different rod targets and having a specific J-transport and/or alpha-specificity The site is located at a particular position 2), such as from about 2 to about 100, for example, to at least about 4 or at least about one of a plurality of errors. The advantage of the mixing site is that it allows the detection of different targets with an increased number of locations. In each of the mixed sites, there is a - in all or at least several bits: = wrong. For example, the same error at more than one site can be guaranteed and/or controlled or used for signal normalization. Although it is also advantageous for 'surface sites with only a single (non-repetitive) region), such a single "cluster, the mother of the site of the έμ 匕Α" is directly connected to the anchor Target interaction. The number of errors in the test area (ie, the group at which the individual sites are wrong) can be up to: two, preferably between about 8 and about 9 ( (more or less included), better " Between about 8 and about 300' and preferably between about 3 〇 and about _ (eg, about 64). In some preferred embodiments, for a surface having, for example, a test area (such as a mouth opening), there are about 16, 36 'such as 1 tin/test area' or for 384 test areas (eg For the surface of the hole, there are about 9, 16 or 25 anchor/test areas. In a preferred embodiment, each pin has a different specificity than all other tins in the array in the test area. However, two or more of the four fields of -Hai et al. share the same specificity and 130267.doc •30- 200907067. In an embodiment, wherein the combination of the invention comprises a = test area (e.g., about 864 '1536 or more), so the same can be handled! Test samples, which may be of interest, are parameters that test only a limited number (e.g., about 2, 4, 6 or 9) of their samples. In other words, for a combination comprising a large number of regions, it may be advantageous to have only about 2 to 9 anchors per region. In another preferred embodiment, the array can be composed of molecules that directly capture a target (such as a nuclease protected probe) without the use of cone/pig. Furthermore, an array can consist of only a few to tens of thousands of capture sites (commonly referred to as high density arrays), and there can only be one or more arrays on each surface. The physical spacing and relative positioning of the errors in the test area or on the test area (i.e., the group of anchors at individual locations) are not limited. Typically, the distance between the anchors is from about 0.003 mm to about 5 mm or less, preferably between about 〇3 //, and 々1 mm. Includes larger and smaller anchor intervals (and areas). It is understood that they may be arranged in any direction with respect to each other and with respect to the boundaries of the regions. By way of example, 5, they may be arranged in a two-dimensional orientation, such as a square, rectangle, hexagon or other array, or a circular array having anchors scattered from the center in the form of radial or concentric rings. Anchors can also be arranged in a one-dimensional, linear array. For example, a nucleotide may be hybridized to a specific position along a DNA or RNA sequence to form a supramolecular array, or linearly arranged in a structure flowing through a gel or flowing through a beta surface or flowing through a device. Hybridize with a specific location. Or the 'anchor can be arranged in a |, barcode" form. For example, the anchors can be arranged in long rows that are parallel to each other. The spacing or width between the long lines can be changed in a regular manner to produce a simple, recognizable pattern that resembles a bar code. For example, the number - 130267.doc -31 - 200907067 and the second order can be twice as large as the remaining lines. Lines can be omitted. An additional blank line can be placed after the last line to divide a test area, and the bar code pattern can be repeated in the subsequent test area. The wrong pattern does not need to be strictly aligned with the separation verification hole (test area) or the position of the droplet alone. The term "verification position" shall be used to refer to the position of the calibration surface to which the sample is applied. (The position may be determined by the position of individual droplets of the assay sample or by walls or partitions defining, for example, individual assay apertures on the porous disk. The location of the pin.) The pin pattern itself (for example, the oligo-plotted "bar code"-like pattern) is used to define the exact location of each individual error by pattern recognition, just as each row of bar codes is relative to the remaining rows. The location is identified. Therefore, the first tin does not need to be located at one edge or a corner of each verification position. The first brocade will be discovered by pattern recognition rather than relative to the position of the verification position. As long as the area used for each verification position (eg, the area of the droplet or the area of the aperture) is large enough to determine at least one complete unit containing the repeating pattern of the anchor, each verification point will be specified by the (bar code) pattern for the test position of the test position All targets' regardless of where the pattern is located in the area of the verification position. The anchors need not be arranged in each test area in a strict or even fixed pattern. For example, 'I tin can be attached to particles, (d), or the like, which assumes an arbitrary position within the test area. The location of each error can be determined by using, for example, a detectable tag. For example, linker molecules specific for each type of anchor can be labeled with different camping, illuminating, etc., and the position of the particles containing the particular linker/anchor pair can be based on signals from the linker (eg The nature of the excitation or emission spectrum is identified. Those skilled in the art can prepare a set of 130267.doc •32-200907067 linkers having a plurality of such linked tags (each having a distinguishable spectrum). Also jy, . _ , 43⁄4 can be marked directly. For example, each type of tin can be labeled with a different fluorescent spectrum than the labels on other types of anchors. Alternatively, the particles, microbeads or the like may differ from each other in size or shape or color or fluorescence or signal emission. Any of the methods described in this article can be used. For example, t can be activated by a CCD-based imaging system, a first-scan fluorescence microscope, or a fluorescence-activated cell sorter (Flu〇rescence).

Activated Cell Sorter ; FACS)測量螢光。 錯可與連接子分子之—部分(錯特異性部分)相互作用或 變成與連接子分子之—部分(錨特異性部分)特異性締合。 ,語"相互作用"或,,缔合"在本文中意謂兩種物質或化合物 列如’錯及連接子之錯特異性部分、探針及其標無,或 =及乾特異性報導體)彼此充分結合(例如,連接_ 二合、黏接、共價鍵聯或以其他方式締合)以 I月疋可進行。術語”特異性"或”特異性地"在本文 種組份(例如’錯及連接子之錯特異性部分、探 ’或標#及㈣異性報導體)彼此Activated Cell Sorter; FACS) measures fluorescence. The error may interact with a part of the linker molecule (a mis-specific part) or become a specific association with a part of the linker molecule (an anchor-specific part). , "interaction" or, association, "in this context means two substances or compounds such as 'wrong and linker's misspecific part, probe and its target, or = and dry specificity The reporter conductors are sufficiently bonded to each other (eg, a bond, a bond, a covalent bond, or otherwise associated) to be carried out in an I month. The term "specificity" or "specifically" is used in the context of such components (eg, 'wrong and linker's misspecific portion, probe' or label # and (iv) heterosexual reporters)

。二不存在任何保護技術之情況下,通常不與不欲I =2份結合之其他組份結合。常規情況下可(例如)使用 此項技術中之習知方法來彳 更用 參數。 m収達成特異性相互作用所需之 ::核酸而言’例如’熟習此項技術者可以實驗 曰使核酸(例如寡核苦酸錫)在所選 、 :(:如連接子,異性部分)雜交,同時最:;二: 次刀子(例如其他寡核”連接子)之非特異性雜交的 130267.doc -33- 200907067 特徵(諸如長度、鹼基組成及互補程度)。通常,錨、連接 子之σ卩分或偵測器寡核苷酸之DNA或其他核酸序列將對其 結合搭配物具有足夠互補性以使其能夠在所選嚴格雜交條 件下雜父’且Tm將高於室溫約1〇。〇至2〇。〇(例如約37。〇)。 般而έ ’寡核苷酸錨之長度可在約8至約5 〇個核苷酸之 範圍内,較佳約15、20、25或30個核苷酸。如本文中所 用’”高嚴格雜交條件"意謂當核酸之間存在至少95%、較 佳約97°/〇至1 〇〇%核苷酸互補性(一致性)時將發生雜交之任 何條件。然而,視所需目的而定,可選擇需要較小互補性 (例如約90%、85%、75%、50%等)之雜交條件。在雜交反 應參數中’可改變者為鹽濃度、緩衝液、pH值、溫度、培 育時間、變性劑(諸如甲醯胺)之量及類型等。(例如參見. 2. In the absence of any protection technology, it is usually not combined with other components that do not want I = 2 parts. In general, parameters can be used, for example, using conventional methods in the art. m is required to achieve specific interactions:: For nucleic acids, for example, those skilled in the art can experimentally make nucleic acids (such as oligo-sulphur picrate) selected, :(: as a linker, an isotropic part) Hybridization, at the same time most:; two: non-specific hybridization of secondary knives (eg other oligonuclear linkers) 130267.doc -33- 200907067 Features (such as length, base composition and degree of complementarity). Usually, anchors, connections The DNA or other nucleic acid sequence of the sigma sigma or detector oligonucleotide will have sufficient complementarity to its binding partner to enable it to be heterozygous under the selected stringent hybridization conditions and the Tm will be above room temperature About 1 〇. 〇 to 2 〇. 〇 (for example, about 37. 〇). The average έ oligonucleotide backbone can be in the range of about 8 to about 5 nucleotides, preferably about 15, 20, 25 or 30 nucleotides. As used herein, '"high stringency hybridization conditions" means that at least 95%, preferably about 97[deg.] to about 1% nucleotide complementarity exists between nucleic acids. Any condition of hybridization will occur at (consistency). However, depending on the desired purpose, hybridization conditions that require less complementarity (e.g., about 90%, 85%, 75%, 50%, etc.) can be selected. Among the hybridization reaction parameters, the change can be a salt concentration, a buffer, a pH, a temperature, a culture time, the amount and type of a denaturant such as formamide, and the like. (see for example

Sambrook等人 ’(1989). Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (第 2版),第 i_3卷,Cold Spring Harbor Press,New York ; Hames等人 ’(1985). Nucleic Acid Hybridization, IL Press ; Davis等人 ’(1986),Basic Methods in Molecular Biology,Elsevir Sciences Publishing, Inc·, New York)。舉 例而言’核酸(例如連接子寡核苷酸)可以於諸如6又88?丑- T (0.9 M NaC卜 60 mM NaH2P04、6 mM EDTA及 0.05%Sambrook et al. (1989). Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2nd ed.), vol. i_3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, New York; Hames et al. (1985). Nucleic Acid Hybridization, IL Press; Davis et al. '(1986), Basic Methods in Molecular Biology, Elsevir Sciences Publishing, Inc., New York). For example, a nucleic acid (e.g., a linker oligonucleotide) can be, for example, 6 and 88? Ugly-T (0.9 M NaC Bu 60 mM NaH2P04, 6 mM EDTA, and 0.05%)

Triton X-100)之緩衝液中在約0·01 μΜ至約5 μΜ之範圍内 之濃度(在一較佳實施例中,約〇. 1 μΜ)以在約〇· 1 μΐ至約 100 μΐ或100 μΐ以上之範圍内之體積(在一較佳實施例中, 約1 μΐ至約50 μΐ,最佳約40 μΐ)添加至測試區域(例如,多 孔盤之孔,在一較佳實施例中為96孔盤或384孔盤或更大 130267.doc -34- 200907067 孔盤之孔)中’且在約η:至約37。。之範圍内之溫度下(在一 較佳實施例中,在約室溫下)與結合搭配物(例如’表面上 之募核苷酸錨)雜交歷時約10分鐘至約至少3小時(在一較佳 實施例中,至少約15分鐘)。可選擇條件以允許高產^。 在本發明之一實施例中,反應條件可接近生理條件。The concentration of Triton X-100) in the range of from about 0. 01 μΜ to about 5 μΜ (in a preferred embodiment, about 1 μΜ) is from about 〇 1 μΐ to about 100 μΐ. Or a volume in the range of 100 μΐ or more (in a preferred embodiment, from about 1 μΐ to about 50 μΐ, optimally about 40 μΐ) is added to the test area (eg, a well of a porous disk, in a preferred embodiment) The middle is a 96-well plate or a 384-well plate or a larger 130267.doc -34-200907067 hole in the well) and is at about η: to about 37. . Hybridization of the binding partner (e.g., 'on the surface of the raised nucleotide anchor) at a temperature within the range (in a preferred embodiment, about room temperature) for from about 10 minutes to about at least 3 hours (in one In a preferred embodiment, at least about 15 minutes). Conditions can be selected to allow for high yields. In one embodiment of the invention, the reaction conditions are close to physiological conditions.

可(例如)充當錨或連接子部分之其他類型之物質或分子 (例如,多肽、外源凝集素等)的設計1及達成與其:合 搭配物之特異性相互作用戶斤需的反應條件在此項技術中: 常規且習知的(例如,如Niemeyer等人,(DM)胸。 Acids Res. 22, 5530-5539 ; Fodor等人,(1996),美國專此利 第5,510,27〇號;Pirrung等人,(1992),美國專利第 5,143,854號中所述)。培育參數中有緩衝液、鹽濃度、pHDesign 1 of other types of substances or molecules (eg, polypeptides, lectins, etc.) that can serve, for example, as anchors or linker moieties, and the reaction conditions required to achieve specific interactions with their partners: In this technique: conventional and conventional (for example, as Niemeyer et al., (DM) Chest. Acids Res. 22, 5530-5539; Fodor et al. (1996), U.S. Patent No. 5,510,27 Pirrung et al., (1992), U.S. Patent No. 5,143,854). Buffer, salt concentration, pH in the incubation parameters

值、溫度、培育時間、載劑及/或藥劑之存在或降低非特 異性相互作用之條件等。舉例而言,可向含有作為錯之抗 體之測試區域(例如,多孔盤之孔,在一較佳實施例中為 96孔盤或384孔盤或更大孔盤之孔)中添加於諸如6χ sspE_ T、PBS^理鹽水之緩衝液中濃度在約1() pM至約ι〇 Μ 之範圍内(在-較佳實施例中,約! nM)、體積在約〇」^ 至約100 μΐ或100 μΐ以上之範圍内(在一較佳實施例中,約i μΐ至約50 μ卜最佳約40 0丨)的抗抗體(例如,抗原或抗體特 異性二次抗體),且在約4。(:至約451之範圍内之溫度下(在 一較佳實施例中,約4。〇與表面上之錨一起培育約1〇分鐘 至至少約3小時(在一較佳實施例中,至少約15分鐘)。對於 肽錨而言,約5至約20個胺基酸之長度較佳。 130267.doc -35· 200907067 在本發明之-些實施例中,陣列中之各錯可在所選反應 條件下與其相應連接子之錯特異性部分相互作用’立相互 作用程度與陣列中之其他錯大體上相同。此可確保錯指定 連接子及因此之探針之大體上均一的陣列。 測試區域内之錨(亦即,個別位點處之錨之群)可為”一般" 組’其中各錨可與多種不同連接子中之一或多者相互作 用’各連接子具有對此錨具特異性之部分,但具有不同 二探針"部分;因此,一般錨之單一陣列可用於規劃或限定 一^不同探針。可參照圖!說明錨之此類_般檢定之彈性 性質。圖1示意性說明該等(寡核苦酸)錯中之一者,亦即錨 1 ’其與連接子!接觸,該連接子以含—對织具特異性之 部分及—對標靶mRNA i具特異性之第二部分。或者,可 2代入(例如)連接子2,其與連接子i 一樣包含一對W具特 異性之部分,但其包含一對標乾mRNA 2而非標革巴mRNA i 純異性之第二部分。因此,錨1可用於指定(或規劃,或 限定,或確定)兩種或兩種以上不同標靶mRNA中之任一者 之探針。產生且連接寡核苷酸或肽之高解析度圖案(陣列) 法可為代價尚、耗時間及/或物理上困難的。使用錨 之預形成陣列來規劃多種探針陣列之能力為本發明之一優 點。 儘管圖1中所說明之一般錨限定寡核苷酸探針之類型, ^相同錫陣列亦可用於規劃其他探針(例如受體蛋白)之陣 月,.’、貝地,若給定錫/連接子相互作用之類型之範圍, 5午多變更為可能的’例如,"炎層"或”背負式”探針(諸如蛋 130267.doc -36- 200907067 白/抗體組合)之更為複雜的層。舉例而言,在一實施例 中,一組一般錨可與一組連接子締合(共價或非共價)以形 成”接合"錯之修飾陣列,如下文更詳細描述。因此,根據 本發明之錨之表面自身提供新穎優點。 在本發明之一實施例中,錨可與連接子可逆地相互作 用二因2 ’ 一組一般錯可再用於關一組不同探針。舉例 而言’寡核芽酸錯可藉由(例如)使兩種寡核普酸解離之加 熱步驟而與連接子之寡核普酸部分分離,且隨後可與第二 連接子再結合。再使用錨陣列(其可為代價高、耗時間及/ 或物理上難以進行的)之能力為本發明之另-優點。 錯未必必須與連接子相互作用。舉例而言,錯可盥可偵 測分子(諸如營光染料)偶合(直接或間接),且進而可⑽如) =測=面㈣測器之間對準之目的而用於定位橋格内 之點。或者,例如出於枋 、杈旱之目# ’錨可經已知量之可偵 測〆刀子標記以充當内部定量標諸物。 如本文中所用之術語”連接子"係指包含 或錯之子集具特異性(’’料異性”)之第 關注標乾具特異性(、 第刀及“對所 能物質。該連接子之兩 2 =針之弟—部分的雙官 接,且可直接連接或經Γ;::共價鍵或非*價鍵連 連接子之錫特里性二:間物(例如間隔子)連接。 田竹共r生部分之化學性 分與之相互作用之㈣變化。舉例二”料異性部 酸,則與其相互作用之°右錨為寡核苷 特異性結合之肽’切與寡料酸 次了在所選嚴格雜交條件下與其有效且 130267.doc -37- 200907067 特異性地雜交之核酸。該核酸可為(例如)募核苷酸、 / 腦、驢、PNA、PCR錢或經取代或修飾之核酸(例 如^包含非天然存在之核苦酸,諸如肌苦;經由各種已知 鍵(諸如胺基磺酸酯、磺醯胺、硫代磷酸酯、甲基膦酸 酯、胺基甲酸醋)或半合成分子(諸如丽八_抗生蛋白鏈菌素 接合物等)接合)。單鏈部分較佳。對寡核苷酸錨具特異性 之連接子之部分的長度可在約8至約5〇個核苷酸之範圍 内’較佳為約15、20、25或30個核苷酸。若錨為抗體,則 與其相互作用之連接子部分可為(例如)抗抗體、抗原或彼 等为子中之一者之較小片段,其可與錨特異性相互作用。 此項技術中熟知與上述其他類型之錨特異性相互作用且可 充當連接子之錨特異性部分的物質或分子且其可使用習知 程序(例如參見上文)來設計。 連接子之靶特異性部分之化學性質當然隨標靶而變化, 其中對於該標靶而言該靶特異性部分為探針且其與該標靶 相互作用。舉例而言,若標靶為特定mRNA,則連接子之 革巴特異性部分可為(例如)在所選雜交條件下與躲特異性 結合但不與干擾RNA或DNA特異性結合之寡核苷酸。使用 公認方法,熟f此項技術者可以實驗測定將會最佳地_ 靶雜交但與非特異性干擾DNA或RNA之雜交最少的寡核苷 酸之特徵(例如參見上文)。一般而言,用於區分大量過量 未靶向RNA之背景中存在之靶mRNA的寡核苷酸探針之長 度可在約8至約50個核苷酸之範圍内,較佳為約18、2〇、 22或25個核苷酸。用於不存在競爭標靶之大背景之生物化 I30267.doc •38- 200907067 學檢定中的募核苷酴;^ u ^ 甘鲛抓針可較短。使用公認程序(例如電 腦程式BLAST),可對寡核芽酸探針之序列進行選擇以 使得其互不相關且與已知基因資料庫中之潛在干擾序列不 同。常規情況下可使用公認程序(例如參見上文)來確定將 會允許寡核I酸探針與職特異性雜交之雜交條件的選 擇舉例而。’可將RNA[例如,自生長於任何容器(諸 如多孔微量滴定盤之;p丨以1 Λ , 盟之孔(例如,96孔或384孔或更多孔))中 (且視^况用所關注試劑處理)之組織或細胞中提取的總 RNA或mRNA]添加至含有於視情況含有用以降低非特異性 結合之試劑(例如,約0.5 mg/ml降解鯡魚或娃魚精子 =na,或酵母⑽八)之緩衝液(諸如或其他)中的 寡核普酸k針陣列(參見上文)之測試區域中,且在續姐驗 決定之溫度下培育約10分鐘至至少18小時之範圍内^間 (在-較佳實施例中,約3小時)。雜交嚴格度可與用以使錯 與連接子之㈣異性部分締合之嚴格度相同或低於後者。 其他類型之探針之設計及使用在此項技術中亦為常規的, 例如如上文所述。 在一實施例中,所有或大體上所有在特定位點處與錯締 合之連接子含有對單―、所關注料標⑨具特異性之相同 (一或大體上相同)的探針。在另一實施例中,一或多個在特 疋位點處與錯締合之連接子包含複數個不同探針,且因此 對複數個不同標革巴具特異性。該等探針可作為分枝結構之 邛刀定位於連接子令,或其較佳可以線性關係排列·且其 σ為相同物質(例如均為核酸或均為肽序列)或各種物質之 130267.doc -39- 200907067 組合。實際上’各連接子上具有 $夕個铋針使在特定位點處 可债測之標㈣目増加。在〜實_中,特定連接子上之 複數個探針均對所關注特定標把具特異性(例如,其對所 關注單一 mRNA之不同部分且拉 刀具特異性,或對對應於彼 mRNA之不同部分之核酸酶保護片段具特異性);此允許對 標娜,以低豐度存在於樣品中之標乾)之檢定的敏感 性增大。連接子上探針之數目可為(例如)約㈣個,較佳 約2個、4個或1 〇個。 當然’對於供僅含有單-(非重複)區域之表面使用而 言,包含如此之複數個不同探針之連接子亦為有利的。 連接子之㈣異性部分絲特異性部分可藉由多種丘價 鍵或非共價鍵中之任一者接合(連接、鍵聯),其性質對本 發明並不重要。兩個部分可直接接合或經由中間分子接 合。在-實施例中,其中連接子之兩個部分均為寡核皆 酸,其可藉由共價鍵(諸如磷酸二酯鍵)接合以形成單—丘 祕核酸。在另—實施例中,其中料異性部分為募核; ^且把特異性部分為受體(例如受體蛋白),該兩個部分可 經由生物素與抗生蛋白鏈菌素分子之相互作用接合。已知 該等鍵之許多變化形式(例如參見州等人,⑽句 NAR 22,5530-5539)。或者,兩個部分可直接接合,例 如,募核《可經醯胺化且隨後經由醯胺鍵與肽或蛋白質 直接鍵聯(例如交聯)’或經由醯胺鍵或脂f連接與膜組份 接合。形成此等共價鍵或非共價鍵之方法為習知的且易於 由熟習此項技術者最優化。間隔子序列(例如核酸)亦可存 130267.doc 200907067 在於連接子之銷特異性部分與乾特異性部分之間。 在兩種物質經締合(例如, 白質、蛋白質加核…他、:用兩種核酸、兩種蛋 子複合物)之後,可佶用;馬 接 ,^ 心!驗確定之條件來保持特異性 相互作用完整性但移除非 、 理(例如洗蘇)所得複人:;1°合物質’從而視情況處 斗、與n jn除未結合物質(例如連接 + 〜用於k得複合物(例如,錨/連接子 複合物)之條件相同或比t 按于 ^ /、稍彳放更嚴格之條件下將反應混 δ物洗/條約一次至十次或十次以上。 熟習此項技術者將認識到’可產生多種類型之錫與連接 子之夾層物。舉例而言,可$ $ Β + 了將第一組連接子與錨(例如, 具有大體上相同之序列$糾w # 斤歹j之知)之陣列連接,該等連接子十 =一者具有對該錨具特異性之第-部分及對第二組連接 者具特異性之第二部分,等等。實際上,夾層物 ^此第—層允許將第—組錨(例如相同募核苦酸)轉化為具 有 '组不同特異性之"接合"錯之不同陣列。必要時,各組 連接子及錨可彼此共價或非共價締合。 可使用習知技術常規製造本發明之組合。 -些可用於本發明令之表面易於獲自商業供應商。在一 較佳實施例中’表面為%孔、如孔或⑽孔微量滴定 盤,諸如由C〇rning C_鎖售之改質盤。或者,包含孔 且又包含屡痕或"凹坑,,之表面可藉由以下程序來形成:微 加工諸如紹或鋼之物質以製備—模具,隨後將塑膠或類似 材料微注射於該模具尹以形成—結構。或者,可裝配由玻 130267.doc -41 - 200907067 2膠、陶瓷或其類似物構成 如)—片材料(例如聚石夕氧之、·Ό構。分隔物可為(例 孔,以使得當將三片接 文具有遍及各處彼此隔開之 分隔物可為(例如)成 孔將形成測試孔之壁。子 “夕乳)。基材可為(例 :式…材料⑼如 微盤之下部的—片平為用於生物化學檢定之典型 面可為平± —材料(例如破璃)。該基材之頂邻砉 卸J為+坦的,或可形成 Η之頂。P表 與子分隔物形狀對準以提供^樣品孔内具錢痕(其將 藉由標準程序 ’、凡的子分區)或孔。三片可 (例如發晶圓之裝西φ 可藉由習4朴〜 褒配中所使用之程序)接合。 藉由將已如此人:之7藉由商^寡核苦酸合成器及/或 銷、連接子部八^貞 連接在一起來合成寡核㈣ 輕鬆合成:刀,。過長以至於不能藉由此等方法 產生 邊可使用f知程序經由擴增料(例如PCR) 產生。在本發明之一本 ’ ㈣物藉由二 預成型核酸華如募核 9夕種&知技術中之任一者而定位於測試區 2表面上或表面内’該等技術包括光微影或絲網印刷化 、#由噴墨技術、毛細管、絲網或流體通道晶片安 置、使用電極陣列之電化學圖案化、與針或滾針㈣⑽The value, temperature, incubation time, presence of the carrier and/or agent, or conditions that reduce non-specific interactions, and the like. For example, it can be added to a test area containing a wrong antibody (for example, a well of a porous disk, in a preferred embodiment, a 96-well disk or a 384-well disk or a larger-hole disk), such as 6 χ. The concentration of the sspE_T, PBS, and saline buffer is in the range of about 1 () pM to about ι (in the preferred embodiment, about ! nM), and the volume is from about 〇" to about 100 μΐ. Or an antibody (eg, an antigen or antibody-specific secondary antibody) in the range of 100 μΐ or more (in a preferred embodiment, about i μΐ to about 50 μB optimally about 40 丨), and 4. (: to a temperature in the range of about 451 (in a preferred embodiment, about 4. The crucible is incubated with the anchor on the surface for about 1 minute to at least about 3 hours (in a preferred embodiment, at least Approximately 15 minutes). For peptide anchors, a length of from about 5 to about 20 amino acids is preferred. 130267.doc -35· 200907067 In some embodiments of the invention, the errors in the array may be Under the reaction conditions, the mis-specific part interaction with its corresponding linker is substantially the same as the other errors in the array. This ensures a substantially uniform array of misdirected and thus probes. The anchors within the region (i.e., the group of anchors at individual sites) can be "general" groups where each anchor can interact with one or more of a variety of different connectors. A specific part, but with a different two-probe "part; therefore, a single array of general anchors can be used to plan or define a different probe. Refer to the figure! Explain the elastic properties of such an anchor test. Figure 1 schematically illustrates the One of the errors, that is, the anchor 1' is in contact with the linker, which has a specific portion containing the woven fabric and a second portion specific to the target mRNA i. Alternatively, Substitution 2, for example, linker 2, which, like linker i, comprises a pair of W-specific portions, but which comprises a pair of standard mRNA 2 instead of the second part of the standard heterologous mRNA i. Thus, Anchor 1 can be used to designate (or plan, or define, or determine) a probe for any of two or more different target mRNAs. Generate and link high resolution patterns of oligonucleotides or peptides (array) The method can be costly, time consuming, and/or physically difficult. The ability to use a pre-formed array of anchors to plan multiple probe arrays is an advantage of the present invention. Although the general anchor-defined oligo is illustrated in Figure 1. The type of glycoside probe, ^ the same tin array can also be used to plan the array of other probes (such as receptor proteins), 'Bei, if given the type of tin / linker interaction type, 5 noon Change more to possible 'for example, "inflammatory layer" or " piggyback" A more complex layer of needles (such as egg 130267.doc -36-200907067 white/antibody combination). For example, in one embodiment, a set of general anchors can be associated with a set of linkers (covalent or non-covalent Covalently) to form a "joined" array of modifications, as described in more detail below. Thus, the surface of the anchor itself according to the present invention provides novel advantages. In one embodiment of the invention, the anchor can be reversibly connected to the linker Interaction 2 due to 2 'A set of general errors can be reused to shut down a different set of probes. For example, 'oligonucleolytic acid antinoses can be linked by, for example, heating steps that dissociate two oligonucleotides The oligonucleotide moiety is separated and can then be recombined with the second linker. The ability to use an anchor array (which can be costly, time consuming, and/or physically difficult) is another option of the present invention - advantage. The error does not necessarily have to interact with the linker. For example, a misdetectable molecule (such as a camping dye) is coupled (directly or indirectly), and in turn can be used to locate the bridge within the direction of alignment between the detectors (4) The point. Alternatively, for example, the anchors of the 枋 杈 杈 杈 ’ can be detected by a known amount of knives to serve as internal quantitative objects. The term "linker" as used herein, refers to the specificity of the stem of the inclusion or error subset (''material anisotropy') (the first knife and the "possible substance". The linker The two 2 = the younger brother of the needle - part of the double official connection, and can be directly connected or warp;:: covalent bond or non-valent bond to the linker of the tint sex 2: the substance (such as spacer) connection The chemical interaction between the t-parts of the Phyllostachys pubescens L. interacts with (4) changes. For example, the second heterogeneous acid is interacting with the right anchor. The right anchor is a peptide that specifically binds to the oligonucleoside. A nucleic acid that specifically hybridizes to its effective and 130267.doc -37-200907067 under selected stringent hybridization conditions. The nucleic acid can be, for example, raised nucleotides, / brain, sputum, PNA, PCR money, or substituted Or a modified nucleic acid (eg, comprising non-naturally occurring nucleotides such as muscle bitter; via various known bonds (such as amino sulfonates, sulfonamides, phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, amines) Formic acid vinegar) or semi-synthetic molecules (such as Liba_streptavidin conjugate, etc.). Preferably, the portion of the linker specific for the oligonucleotide anchor is from about 8 to about 5 nucleotides in length, preferably about 15, 20, 25 or 30 cores. If the anchor is an antibody, the portion of the linker with which it interacts can be, for example, an anti-antibody, an antigen, or a smaller fragment of one of them, which can specifically interact with the anchor. Substances or molecules that specifically interact with other types of anchors described above and that can serve as anchor-specific portions of the linker are well known in the art and can be designed using conventional procedures (see, eg, above). Target-specific portions of the linker The chemical nature of course varies with the target, wherein for the target the target-specific portion is a probe and it interacts with the target. For example, if the target is a specific mRNA, then the linker The specific portion of the Ba can be, for example, an oligonucleotide that specifically binds to the hiding under the selected hybridization conditions but does not specifically bind to the interfering RNA or DNA. Using a well-established method, the skilled person can experimentally determine Best _ target hybrid but not An oligonucleotide that specifically interferes with the least hybridization of DNA or RNA (see, eg, above). In general, an oligonucleotide probe for distinguishing a target mRNA present in the background of a large excess of untargeted RNA The length may be in the range of from about 8 to about 50 nucleotides, preferably about 18, 2, 22 or 25 nucleotides. For the biological background of the large background without the competition target I30267.doc •38- 200907067 The nucleoside sputum in the test; ^ u ^ Ganzi catching needle can be shorter. Using a recognized procedure (such as computer program BLAST), the sequence of the oligonuclear acid probe can be selected to make them mutually Not relevant and different from potential interfering sequences in known gene repositories. Conventional procedures (see, eg, above) can be used to determine the selection of hybridization conditions that will allow for the hybridization of oligonucleic acid probes with occupational specificity. For example. 'RNA can be grown (eg, self-grown in any container (such as a porous microtiter plate; p丨 in 1 Λ, a pore of the genus (eg, 96-well or 384-well or more)) The total RNA or mRNA extracted from the tissue or cells of the reagent treatment) is added to an agent containing, as appropriate, a substance for reducing non-specific binding (for example, about 0.5 mg/ml of degraded salmon or baby fish sperm = na, or In the test area of the oligonucleotide (see above) in the buffer of yeast (10) VIII (such as or other), and incubated for about 10 minutes to at least 18 hours at the temperature determined by the continuation test Internal (in the preferred embodiment, about 3 hours). The stringency of hybridization may be the same as or lower than the stringency used to associate the (4) heterosexual moiety with the linker. The design and use of other types of probes is also conventional in the art, for example as described above. In one embodiment, all or substantially all of the linkers that are associated with the mismatch at a particular site contain the same (one or substantially the same) probe that is specific for the mono-, target of interest. In another embodiment, one or more linkers that are mis-associated at a particular locus comprise a plurality of different probes and are therefore specific for a plurality of different scales. The probes can be positioned as a branching structure to the linker, or preferably in a linear relationship, and the σ is the same substance (for example, both nucleic acids or peptide sequences) or 130267 of various substances. Doc -39- 200907067 Combination. In fact, there is a $ 铋 needle on each link to make the target of the debt test at a specific location (4). In _ _, a plurality of probes on a particular linker are specific to the particular target of interest (eg, they are specific to a different portion of the single mRNA of interest and are specific to the cleavage, or to the corresponding mRNA Different portions of the nuclease-protected fragment are specific; this allows for increased sensitivity to the assay of the label, which is present in the sample with low abundance. The number of probes on the linker can be, for example, about four (four), preferably about two, four or one. Of course, it is also advantageous to use a linker comprising such a plurality of different probes for use on a surface containing only a single-(non-repetitive) region. The (four) heterosexual moiety-specific moiety of the linker can be joined (joined, linked) by any of a variety of valer or non-covalent bonds, the nature of which is not critical to the invention. The two parts can be joined directly or via an intermediate molecule. In the examples, wherein the two portions of the linker are all oligonucleotides, they can be joined by covalent bonds (such as phosphodiester bonds) to form a mono-secret nucleic acid. In another embodiment, wherein the heterogeneous portion is a nucleus; and the specific portion is a receptor (eg, a receptor protein) that can be joined via interaction of biotin with a streptavidin molecule . Many variations of these bonds are known (see, for example, State et al., (10) sentence NAR 22, 5530-5539). Alternatively, the two moieties can be directly joined, for example, to recruit "can be amidated and then directly linked to the peptide or protein via a guanamine bond (eg, cross-linking)' or via a guanamine bond or lipid f linkage to the membrane group Joint bonding. Methods of forming such covalent or non-covalent bonds are well known and readily optimized by those skilled in the art. A spacer sequence (e.g., a nucleic acid) can also be present. 130267.doc 200907067 lies between the pin-specific portion and the stem-specific portion of the linker. After the two substances are associated (for example, white matter, protein plus nucleus...he: use two nucleic acids, two kinds of egg complexes), you can use them; horses, ^ heart! Determine the conditions to maintain the integrity of the specific interaction but remove the non-chemical (eg, washing) derived complex: 1 ° substance 'and thus depending on the situation, and n jn except for unbound substances (such as connection + ~ The conditions for the K-complex (for example, the anchor/linker complex) are the same or the reaction is mixed with the salt according to the pressure of ^ /, a little more stringent. The treaty is washed once to ten times or ten times. More than this. Those skilled in the art will recognize that 'multiple types of tin and linker sandwiches can be produced. For example, $1 Β + will be the first set of linkers and anchors (for example, have substantially the same Array connection of the sequence $ w w # 歹 之 , , , , , , = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 阵列 阵列 阵列 阵列 阵列 阵列 阵列 阵列 阵列Etc. In fact, the sandwich layer allows the first set of anchors (eg the same nucleus acid) to be converted into different arrays with 'different specificities' "joined" The group of linkers and anchors can be covalently or non-covalently associated with each other. Conventional techniques can be used. Conventional fabrication of the combinations of the invention - Some of the surfaces that can be used in the present invention are readily available from commercial suppliers. In a preferred embodiment, the surface is a % pore, such as a well or a (10) well microtiter plate, such as by C〇rning C_Locked modified disk. Or, containing holes and including repeated marks or "pits, the surface can be formed by micro-machining materials such as Shao or steel to prepare - mold, then A plastic or similar material is microinjected into the mold to form a structure. Alternatively, it may be assembled from a glass, a plastic material, or the like, such as a polycrystalline material. The separator may be (for example, a hole such that when the three sheets are separated from each other, the partition may be, for example, a hole forming a wall of the test hole. The substrate may be (for example: material... material (9) such as the lower part of the microdisk - the flat surface is a typical surface for biochemical verification, and the material may be flat ± material (for example, broken glass). +tan, or can form the top of the 。. P table and sub-divided shape To provide a sample of holes in the sample hole (which will be by standard procedures ', where the sub-partitions) or holes. Three pieces can be used (for example, the wafer can be installed in the west φ can be used by Xi 4 Park ~ 褒 中 中The procedure used is to join. By synthesizing the oligonucleus (4) by means of a commercial oligo-sulphuric acid synthesizer and/or a pin and a linker (4), it is easy to synthesize: a knife. It is too long to be produced by such a method, and can be generated by an amplification material (for example, PCR) using the f-knowledge program. In the present invention, the 'fourth material' is nucleated by the two preformed nucleic acid. Positioning on or in the surface of test area 2, either by photolithography or screen printing, by inkjet technology, capillary, wire mesh or fluid channel wafer placement, use Electrochemical patterning of electrode arrays, with needles or needles (4) (10)

或k J1,接著烘焙或uv輻照於過濾器上(例如參見 Va等人’(1996) ’美國專利第5,545,53 1號;Fodor等 人(1996) ’美國專利第5,510,270號;Zanzucchi等人, (1997),美國專利第 5,643,738 號;Brennan (1995),美國 專利第 5,474,796 號;PCT WO 92/10092 ; PCT WO 90/15070) °錯可置於測試區域表面之頂部上或(例如在聚 130267.doc -42- 200907067 丙稀醯胺凝勝墊之情況下)可以使一些錨自表面突出且可 用於與連接子相互作用之方式包埋於表面内。在一較佳實 施例中’使預成型寡核㈣㈣在5,端經游離胺基衍生化· 以常規憑經驗確定之濃度(例如約1μΜ)溶解於緩衝液(諸如 磷酸鹽緩衝液,pH 85mi出河ε〇τα中;且用 pi伽奈米喷射分配器(Cartesian Technologies)以約ι〇 4奈Or k J1, followed by baking or uv irradiation on the filter (see, for example, Va et al. (1996) 'US Patent No. 5,545, 53 1; Fodor et al. (1996) 'US Patent No. 5,510,270; Zanzucchi et al. (1997), U.S. Patent No. 5,643,738; Brennan (1995), U.S. Patent No. 5,474,796; PCT WO 92/10092; PCT WO 90/15070) ERROR can be placed on top of the surface of the test area or (for example, in a poly 130267.doc -42- 200907067 In the case of acesulfamide gels, some anchors can be made to protrude from the surface and can be embedded in the surface in a manner that interacts with the linker. In a preferred embodiment 'derivatizes the preformed oligo(4)(d) at the 5' end via a free amine group. It is dissolved in a buffer (such as phosphate buffer, pH 85mi) at a conventionally determined concentration (eg, about 1 μM). Out of the river ε〇τα; and with pi ganai spray dispenser (Cartesian Technologies) to about 〇 〇 4

升之液滴分配於測試孔内之特定位置上,該測試孔之上I 面為新鮮、乾燥DNA結合盤(c〇rning c〇star)之上表面。視 寡核苦酸連接與蒸發之相對速率而定,可需要控制在製備 期間孔中之濕度。在另一實施例中,可使用諸如以下之習 知方法於測試區域之表面上直接合成寡核苷酸錨:生長寡 核苷酸鏈之光活化去保護(例如,結合使用位點導向性"罩") 或使用奈米噴射分配器藉由去活化化合物之奈升液滴之圖 案化分配。例如可進行待接受單一核苷酸之所有生長序列 之去保護且隨後在整個表面内添加核苷酸。在另一實施例 中’使用習知方法,經由寡核苷酸之3,端將募核苷酸錨與 表面連接。 使用適當可用技術,亦可常規地產生肽、蛋白質、外源 凝集素、螯合實施例、塑膠及其他類型之錨或連接子部 分’且錨可定位於表面上或表面内(例如參見F〇d〇r等人, (1996) ’ 美國專利第 5,51〇,270號;Pirrung等人,(1992), 美國專利苐5,14·3,854號;Zanzucchi等人,(1997),美國專 利第 5,643,738號;Lowe等人,(1985),美國專利第 4,562,157 號;Niemeyer等人,(1994). NAR 22, 5530-5539)。 130267.doc -43- 200907067 在本發明之一些實施例中,將所揭示組合用於多個篩檢 私序中及/或用於獲得關於探針或把分子之含量、活性或 結構之資訊。將該等檢定稱作多陣列盤篩檢ArrayThe rising droplets are dispensed at specific locations within the test well, the I side of the test well being the surface of the fresh, dry DNA binding disk (c〇rning c〇star). Depending on the relative rate of oligo-acidic acid linkage and evaporation, it may be desirable to control the humidity in the pores during preparation. In another embodiment, oligonucleotide anchors can be directly synthesized on the surface of the test region using conventional methods such as: photoactivated deprotection of the growing oligonucleotide strand (eg, combined site targeting) Shield ") or patterned dispensing using a nanojet dispenser by deactivating the nanodroplets of the compound. For example, deprotection of all growth sequences to be accepted for a single nucleotide can be performed and then nucleotides are added throughout the surface. In another embodiment, the nucleotide anchor is attached to the surface via a third end of the oligonucleotide using conventional methods. Peptides, proteins, lectins, chelation examples, plastic and other types of anchors or linker moieties can also be routinely produced using appropriate techniques available, and the anchors can be positioned on or in the surface (see, for example, F〇) D〇r et al., (1996) 'US Patent No. 5, 51, 270; Pirrung et al., (1992), U.S. Patent No. 5,14,3,854; Zanzucchi et al., (1997), U.S. Patent No. 5,643,738; Lowe et al., (1985), U.S. Patent No. 4,562,157; Niemeyer et al. (1994). NAR 22, 5530-5539). 130267.doc -43- 200907067 In some embodiments of the invention, the disclosed combination is used in a plurality of screening private sequences and/or for obtaining information about the probe or the amount, activity or structure of the molecule. Call the multi-array screening Array

Plate Screen ; MAPS)方法或檢定,且將用於該等檢定之包 含錨或錨加探針之陣列之表面稱作M A p s陣列或M A p s盤。 反應混合物之組份、檢定或筛檢程序可以任何次序裝 配。舉例而言,錨、連接子及標靶可依序裝配;或在存在 或不存在報導體之情況下,標靶及連接子可裝配於溶液中 且隨後與錨接觸。 本毛月之實她例係關於一種偵測至少一個標把之方 法,其包含: 使可能包含該(等)標靶之樣品與雙官能連接子在可有效 獲得該(等)標把與該連接子之第一雜交產物之條件下接 觸,其中該連接子具有對募核苦酸銷具特異性之第一部分 及包含對該(等)標具特異性之探針之第二部分, 使該第雜父產物與一組合在可有效獲得該第一雜交產 物與該組合之第-雜# $ & Λ /<r t 弟一雜交產物之條件下接觸,其中在添加該 第一雜交產物之前該組合包含: 一包含多個^_散區域之表面,在料 中至少兩個區域大體上相同,各區域包含: 至少8個不同寡核苷酸錨, 使β亥弟一雜交產物或該第二雜交產物與-經標記偵測探 針接觸,及 偵測該偵測探針。 130267.doc -44 - 200907067 下文所述之檢定或程序中之每一者可以高產量方式進 行,其中迅速且並行地於各盤或表面上檢定大量樣品(例 如,視組合中區域之數目而定,多達約864個、1〇36個、 1536個、2025個或更多)。此外,一次可處理許多盤或表 面。舉例而言,在藥物發現之方法中,可將大量樣品(各 自包含候選藥物(例如,組合化學文庫之成員,諸如小分 子、肽、募核苷酸或其他物質之變異體))添加至所述之組 合之單獨區域中,或可添加至生物或生物化學樣品中隨 後添加至組合之單獨區域中,且與位於區域中之探針陣列 起培β,且可針對各樣品進行檢定。隨著高密度微盤、 DNA點樣工具及自更高密度之微盤產生且收集資料之方法 (諸如雷射技術)、機器人技術、改良分配器、先進偵測系 統及資料管理軟體之最新出現及不斷發展,本發明之方法 可用於每天篩檢或分析數千種或數萬種或更多化合物。 舉例而言’在探針為寡核苷酸之實施例中,檢定可為對 於大量樣品中針對遺傳變異或缺陷(例如,與諸如囊腫性 纖維化之疾病相關之多態現象或特異性突變,例如參見The Plate Screen; MAPS) method or assay, and the surface of the array containing the anchor or anchor probe for the assays is referred to as the M A p s array or the M A s disc. The components, assays or screening procedures of the reaction mixture can be assembled in any order. For example, the anchor, linker, and target can be assembled sequentially; or in the presence or absence of a reporter conductor, the target and linker can be assembled into solution and subsequently contacted with the anchor. This is a method for detecting at least one of the markers, comprising: making a sample and a bifunctional linker that may contain the target, and the like Contacting under conditions of a first hybrid product of a linker, wherein the linker has a first portion specific for a pinhead acid-producing pin and a second portion comprising a probe specific for the tag, such that The first parent product is contacted with a combination under conditions effective to obtain the first hybrid product and the combined first-hetero#$& Λ /<rt di-hybrid product, wherein prior to adding the first hybrid product The combination comprises: a surface comprising a plurality of regions, wherein at least two regions are substantially identical, each region comprising: at least 8 different oligonucleotide anchors, such as a hybrid product or The second hybrid product is contacted with a labeled detection probe and the detection probe is detected. 130267.doc -44 - 200907067 Each of the assays or procedures described below can be performed in a high-yield manner in which a large number of samples are quickly and concurrently calibrated on each disc or surface (eg, depending on the number of regions in the combination) , up to about 864, 1〇36, 1536, 2025 or more). In addition, many discs or surfaces can be processed at one time. For example, in a method of drug discovery, a large number of samples (each containing a candidate drug (eg, a member of a combinatorial chemical library, such as a variant of a small molecule, peptide, nucleotide, or other substance) can be added to the In a separate region of the combination, it may be added to a biological or biochemical sample and subsequently added to a separate region of the combination, and the probe array located in the region is subjected to beta and may be assayed for each sample. The latest emergence of high-density microdisks, DNA spotting tools and methods for generating data from higher-density microdisks (such as laser technology), robotics, improved dispensers, advanced detection systems, and data management software And continuously, the method of the invention can be used to screen or analyze thousands or tens of thousands or more of compounds per day. For example, in embodiments where the probe is an oligonucleotide, the assay can be for a genetic variation or defect in a large number of samples (eg, a polymorphism or specific mutation associated with a disease such as cystic fibrosis, See for example

Iitia等人,(1992)· Molecular and Cellular Probes 6,505- 5 12)存在與否、病原性有機體(諸如細菌、病毒及原生動 物 其伯主為包括人之動物或植物)或為特定生理狀態或 疾病症候之mRNA轉錄形式的診斷性核酸或聚核苷酸篩檢 (例如’結合檢定或其他檢定)。包含EST(包括全長複本)之 部分之核酸探針陣列可用於評估由衍生EST之細胞(或其 他)產生之轉錄形式。核酸探針亦可偵測與特定核酸序列 130267.doc -45- 200907067 特異性結合之肽、蛋白質或蛋白質域(且反之亦然)。 類似地,在探針為抗原結合分子(例如抗體)之實施例 中檢定可為針對變異蛋白或針對為特定生理狀態或疾病 狀況症候之蛋白質表現形式之篩檢。 在另-實施例中,本發明之組合可用於監測蛋白質、核 酸、小分子或其類似物之生物化學反應,諸如,相互作 用,例如抗原與抗體之間之相互作用的功效或特異性;或 受體(諸如純化受體或與細胞膜結合之受體)與其配位體、 促效劑或括抗劑之生物化學反應;或酶(諸如蛋白酶或激 酶)與其底物之生物化學反應;或轉化為產物之底物之量 的9加或減;,以及許多其他反應。此等生物化學檢定可 用於表徵探針或縣之性質,或作為筛檢檢定之基礎。舉 例而言,為篩檢樣品中是否存在特定蛋白酶(例如,血液 口中所涉及之蛋白酶,諸如蛋白酶h及vih),可用探 =為對所關注之各蛋白酶具特異性之榮光底物之組合檢定 1等樣品。若終白酶與絲結合且使底物分解,則通常 由於例如兩個能|鳇 轉移對之間的斷裂與分離,該底物將發 出瑩光,且可伯測到户♦ θ _ . L號。在另一實例中,為篩檢樣品中 =存在特定激酶(例如,Src、路胺酸激酶或ΖΑΡ70),可 人於ϋ為可經所關注激酶中之—者選擇性磷酸化之肽的組 3有—或多個所關注激酶之樣品。使用公認、常規 品盥底物:鱼牛可於適當緩衝液中且藉由必要輔因子將樣 ;=陣列一起培育憑經驗確定之時段。(在-些檢定 ’對於對調節所關注激酶活性之因素之生物化學 130267.doc -46 · 200907067 研究而言,可調節各激酶之濃度以使得各底物以類似速率 經磷酸化。)在憑經驗確定之條件下處理(例如洗滌)各反應 物以移除激酶及不需之反應組份(視情況)之後,磷酸化底 物可藉由(例如)使其與可偵測試劑(諸如,螢光素標記抗磷 酸酪胺酸或抗磷酸絲胺酸抗體)(例如,濃度為約1〇 nM, 或大於10 nM或小於1〇 nM)一起培育來偵測,且信號可被 偵測到。在另一實例中,可進行結合檢定。舉例而言,可 用適當磷酸化肽之探針陣列檢定SH2域(諸如GRB2 SH2* ZAP70 SH2);或可用特定受體之探針陣列篩檢血清中免疫 缺陷之存在。此外,可以此種檢定形式進行酶聯檢定。本 發明之組合亦可用於偵測突變酶,其比其野生型對應物之 活性要大或小,或用於筛檢包括除草劑或殺蟲劑之多種試 •當然,MAPS檢定可用於量化(測量、定量)樣品中活性 払靶之里,其限制條件為探針未被完全佔據,亦即,不超 過約咖之可用探針位點係與標乾結合(或反應或雜交)。 在該等條件下,因為標㈣多1導致愈多的結合探針, 所以可量化標革巴之數量。另一方面,在超過約9〇%之可用 探針位點經結合之條件下,存在較多之㈣大體上不會使 =針結合之標&量增加。可Μ方式量化上述類型之 不靶中之任一者。此外,證實即使由&紝八、θ 、 史糟由向結合混合物中添 =已知里之未標記標輕’標乾大為過量地存在(例如,若 "以使得其飽和MAPS探針陣列中可用探針之量之大旦广 在)’亦卩,,改變反應之敏感性”以允許量化甚至如此之= 130267.doc •47· 200907067 標把。 在另一實施例中,本义 特定探針之相互作用之糾’u用於筛檢調節標乾與 由標無加探針形成之二二,可藉由與探針'標乾或 ^/r 4, ° 接或間接相互作用來調節標 :目互$。凋節可呈現多種形式,其包括(但不限 於)曰加或降低標乾對探針之結合親和 靶與探針結合之速率;铲Λ沾斗、μ ^ 及降低軚 ,兄平性或非競爭性抑制探針與標靶 之“;或增加或降低探針或標乾之活性’其在一此情況 下可使得探針/標料互作用增大或降低。此等㈣可為 人造或天然存在之物質。此外,此等試劑可以其未改變狀 悲或以與其他物質之聚集體形式使用;且其可直接或經由 特異性結合物質與結合成員共價或非共價連接。舉例而 言’為鑑別潛在”薄血藥”’或與引起血液凝固之蛋白酶之 級聯反應的一者相互作用之試劑,可用複數個候選劑測試 所關注蛋白酶之混合液且隨後如上所述測試其活性。本發 明可用之試劑之其他實例極為多樣化’且包括殺蟲劑及除 草劑。 在另一實施例中,本發明之組合可用於篩檢調節基因表 現形式之試劑。例如,可使用寡核苷酸之陣列來鑑別一組 基因中表現形式與特定生理狀態或發育階段相關或與疾病 狀況相關之mRNA種類("相關性"基因、RNA或表現形 式)。術語”相關”或”相關性”意謂RNA之合成形式與細胞之 生理狀態相關’但未必意謂特定RNA之表現為造成特定生 理狀態之原因。舉例而言,可鑑別於充當特定疾病狀能之 130267.doc •48- 200907067 模型之細胞中表現、向上轉化及/或向下轉化的mRNA之較 小子集;與正常細胞中之表現形式相&,此改變之表現形 式(其不展現病理表型)可充當該疾病狀態之指示("指示"基 因、RNA或表現形式)。術語,,相關性,,與”指示”可互換使 用。舉例而言’經腫瘤啟動子(諸如十四烷酸佛波醇酯 ⑽〇rb〇1 myristate))處理之細胞可能展現模擬腫瘤生長之 早期階段中所見之基因表現形式。在另一癌症模型中,當 小鼠胰島素瘤細胞(例如,細胞株TGp61)經腺病毒感^ 時,其展現(例如)0如及Μιρ·2之表現增加,而諸如 GAPDH及L32之管家基因之表現保持大體上不受影響。 在直接或間接且在活體内或活體外(例如,在組織培養 物中)接觸來自疾病模型之細胞後,_節指示表現形式之 試劑可充當用於罹患該疾病之有機體(例如,人類或其他 動物患者,或植物)之治療劑或藥物 接觸⑼如在活體外(試管)表現系統中)核酸而調 式如本文中所用,,,調節"意謂使在可測量反應中涉及之 分子或其類似物之量及/或活性增加或降低。本發明之組 口可用於師檢此等試劑。舉例而t,可使一系列細胞(例Iitia et al., (1992) Molecular and Cellular Probes 6,505-5 5) Presence or absence, pathogenic organisms (such as bacteria, viruses, and protozoa whose owners are animals or plants including humans) or for specific physiological states Diagnostic nucleic acid or polynucleotide screening of mRNA transcripts of disease symptoms (eg, 'binding assays or other assays'). A nucleic acid probe array comprising a portion of an EST (including a full-length replica) can be used to assess the transcriptional form produced by cells (otherwise) derived from EST. Nucleic acid probes can also detect peptide, protein or protein domains that specifically bind to a particular nucleic acid sequence 130267.doc -45- 200907067 (and vice versa). Similarly, assays in embodiments where the probe is an antigen binding molecule (e. g., an antibody) can be screened for a variant protein or for a protein expression that is a symptom of a particular physiological state or condition. In further embodiments, the combinations of the invention can be used to monitor biochemical reactions of proteins, nucleic acids, small molecules or analogs thereof, such as interactions, such as the efficacy or specificity of the interaction between an antigen and an antibody; a biochemical reaction of a receptor (such as a purified receptor or a receptor that binds to a cell membrane) with its ligand, agonist or antagonist; or a biochemical reaction of an enzyme (such as a protease or kinase) with its substrate; or transformation 9 plus or minus the amount of substrate of the product; and many other reactions. These biochemical assays can be used to characterize the nature of the probe or county or as a basis for screening assays. For example, to screen for the presence of a particular protease in a sample (eg, a protease involved in the blood port, such as proteases h and vih), a combination assay can be used to determine the combination of glory substrates specific for each protease of interest. 1 sample. If the terminator binds to the silk and decomposes the substrate, typically the substrate will fluoresce due to, for example, the cleavage and separation between the two energy-transfer pairs, and the ♦ θ _ L can be detected. number. In another example, in order to screen a sample for the presence of a specific kinase (eg, Src, glutamate kinase or hydrazine 70), a group of peptides that are selectively phosphorylated by the kinase of interest can be used. 3 There are - or a plurality of samples of the kinase of interest. Use a well-recognized, conventional substrate: the roe can be incubated in the appropriate buffer and with the necessary cofactors; (In some assays - for biochemistry 130267.doc -46 · 200907067 studies on factors that modulate the activity of kinases of interest, the concentration of each kinase can be adjusted to allow each substrate to be phosphorylated at a similar rate.) After treatment (eg, washing) the reactants under empirically determined conditions to remove the kinase and the undesired reaction components (as appropriate), the phosphorylated substrate can be made, for example, with a detectable agent (eg, Fluorescein-labeled anti-phosphotyrosine or anti-phospho-serine antibody (for example, a concentration of about 1 〇 nM, or greater than 10 nM or less than 1 〇 nM) is incubated together to detect, and the signal can be detected . In another example, a binding assay can be performed. For example, an SH2 domain (such as GRB2 SH2* ZAP70 SH2) can be assayed with a probe array of an appropriately phosphorylated peptide; or a probe array of a particular receptor can be used to screen for the presence of immunodeficiency in the serum. In addition, enzyme-linked assays can be performed in this assay format. The combination of the invention can also be used to detect mutant enzymes that are more or less active than their wild-type counterparts, or for screening for a variety of tests including herbicides or insecticides. Of course, MAPS assays can be used for quantification ( Measure, quantify, in the active ruthenium target in the sample, the restriction condition is that the probe is not completely occupied, that is, the available probe site of no more than about the coffee is bound (or reacted or hybridized) to the stem. Under these conditions, the number of markers can be quantified because the label (4) is more than 1 resulting in more binding probes. On the other hand, in the case where more than about 9% of the available probe sites are bound, there are more (d) which substantially does not increase the amount of & Any of the above types of non-targets can be quantified. In addition, it has been confirmed that even if & 纴 、, θ, history added to the binding mixture = known unlabeled lighter 'standard dry large excess exists (for example, if " to make it saturated MAPS probe array The amount of probe available in the large number is wide) 'also, change the sensitivity of the reaction' to allow quantification even so = 130267.doc • 47· 200907067. In another embodiment, the original meaning The interaction of the needles is used to screen and adjust the standard dry and the two types formed by the label without the probe. It can be adjusted by the probe's stem or ^/r 4, ° or indirect interaction. The target can be presented in a variety of forms including, but not limited to, increasing or decreasing the rate at which the target binding to the probe binds to the probe; the shovel dip, μ ^ and lower 軚, "Blank or non-competitive inhibition of the probe and the target"; or increase or decrease the activity of the probe or the stem" in which case the probe/standard interaction may be increased or decreased. These (4) may be artificial or naturally occurring substances. Furthermore, such agents may be used in their unaltered form or in aggregate form with other materials; and they may be covalently or non-covalently linked to the binding member either directly or via a specific binding substance. For example, an agent that interacts with one of the cascades of a protease that causes blood coagulation, or a mixture of proteases of interest, can be tested with a plurality of candidate agents and then tested as described above. Its activity. Other examples of reagents useful in the present invention are extremely diverse' and include insecticides and herbicides. In another embodiment, the combination of the invention can be used to screen for agents that modulate the expression of the gene. For example, an array of oligonucleotides can be used to identify mRNA species ("relevance" genes, RNA or expression patterns) in a set of genes that are associated with a particular physiological state or developmental stage or associated with a disease state. The term "related" or "relevant" means that the synthetic form of RNA is associated with the physiological state of the cell' but does not necessarily mean that the expression of a particular RNA is responsible for a particular physiological state. For example, a smaller subset of mRNAs that are expressed, up-converted, and/or down-converted in cells that serve as a model of a specific disease state, 130267.doc • 48-200907067; and expression in normal cells &, the manifestation of this change (which does not exhibit a pathological phenotype) can serve as an indication of the state of the disease ("indication" gene, RNA or expression). Terms, dependencies, and "indications" are used interchangeably. For example, cells treated with a tumor promoter (such as 十四rb〇1 myristate) may exhibit gene expression patterns seen in the early stages of mimicking tumor growth. In another cancer model, when a mouse insulinoma cell (for example, cell line TGp61) is subjected to an adenovirus, it exhibits an increased expression of, for example, 0 such as Μιρ·2, and a housekeeping gene such as GAPDH and L32. The performance remains largely unaffected. Upon contact with cells from a disease model, either directly or indirectly and in vivo or ex vivo (eg, in tissue culture), the agent indicating the expression may act as an organism for the disease (eg, human or other A therapeutic agent or drug contact of an animal patient, or a plant, (9) as in an ex vivo (test tube) expression system, and a nucleic acid, as used herein, is adjusted to mean a molecule involved in a measurable reaction or The amount and/or activity of the analog increases or decreases. The kit of the present invention can be used to inspect such reagents. For example, t, can make a series of cells (example

疾病模型)與一系列試劑接觸(例如,歷時在約1 〇 分鐘至約48小時或約48小時以上之範圍内之時段),且可 使用常,、公認方法(例如’市售套組)來製得總RNA或 提取物。右需要擴增RNA之量,則可使用諸如RT· PCR擴增之標準程序(例如參見·。等人編,(Η%) Protocols: A to Methods in Amplification, Academic 130267.doc -49- 200907067The disease model) is contacted with a series of agents (eg, for a period of time ranging from about 1 minute to about 48 hours or more than 48 hours) and can be used using conventional, recognized methods (eg, 'commercial kits'). Produce total RNA or extract. To increase the amount of RNA to the right, standard procedures such as RT·PCR amplification can be used (see, for example, et al., ed%) Protocols: A to Methods in Amplification, Academic 130267.doc -49- 200907067

Press’ New York)。可允許提取物(或來自其之擴增產物)接 觸(例如,與之一起培育)包含針對適當指示rna之探針之 複數個大體上相同的陣列,且可鑑別與指示表現形式之變 化相關之彼等試劑。 類似地,可鑑別調節與特定生理狀態或發育階段相關之 表現形式之試劑。此等試劑可為人造或天然存在之物質, 其包括環境因f,諸如胚胎發育或調節生理反應中所涉及 之物質’或在農企業中重要之物f (諸如殺蟲劑或除草 劑)。此外,此等試劑可以其未改變狀態或以與其他物質 之聚集體形式使用;且其可直接或經由特異性結合物質與 結合成員共價或非共價連接。 〃 本么月之另實施例為一種適用於偵測樣品中至少一個 標乾之套組,其包含: 一表面’其包含多個空間離散區域,在該等空間離散區 域中一至少兩個區域大體上相同’各區域包含至少八個不同 錨(募核苷酸’或本文中所述之其他類型令之一者卜及 一容器’其包含至少-種雙官能連接子分子,其具有對 該(等)錯中之至少一者具特異性之第—部分及包含料 (等)絲巾之至少-者具特純之探針的第二部分。 摊Γ實施财,提供—如上文a)中之表面及—組用於使 又吕能連接子分子與該等财之至少_者連接之說明,該 雙官能連接子分子具有對該(等)錨中之至少一者具特異性 之第-部分及包含對至少—個標乾具特異性之探針之第二 Ml等說明可包括⑽如不限於)對表面上各錫之 130267.doc -50- 200907067 描述、存在多少錫及其位於表面 性連接(締合、結合等)連接子與錯之&示及用於特異 錨為寡核苷酸,則說明可包“舉例而言’若 此設計連接子之互補錫特異::: =特實踐者可根據 ⑼如,與其雜交),為肽,則說明作用 將與肽特異性相互作 t相於(例如) 締合-連接子之方案,例如 之條件及試劑(諸如溫度及典f (或其他類型之締合) 關於本文中所述之任何類型之對照連接 °日可包括 t tfl 構及使用的 止規化、"撒♦固丨丨4、 黧έ日人糾U 做'周或杈準欲以該 等組δ所進订之檢定之方法的資訊。說明可涵蓋 中所揭示之參數、條件或實施例中之任 …::、 習此項技術者藉由習知程序常規地進行。/、白可无、 如本申請案中他處所述’實踐者可將多種類型之連接子 :包:-或多個特定料列之本發明之表面連接,進而規 劃多種探針陣列中之任一者。此外,實踐者可自本發明之 表面移除一組特定連接+日 行疋連接子且將另一組連接子(與第一組相 同或不同)添加至該表面中,從而允許特定表面再使用多 次。此彈性及可重複使純構成本發明之其他優點。 在另-態樣中,本發明係關於一種測定複數個聚核芽酸 中哪一者與特定核酸互補之方法, 其中該等聚核錢巾之〜❹者可與 中該等™之每-者包含兩個不同寡核序: 130267.doc 51 200907067 在該兩個不同寡核苷酸序 酸之募核《探針且第:,::限定對應於該聚核* 寡核芽酸,其包含:限以應於該聚核《之_ 使包含該核酸之分子之樣品與組合中之至少一區域接 觸,其中該區域包含某_杉·;y; _ A丨 x苷酸板針之陣列,在該等探針中 至少一者對應於該等聚核苷酸中之每一者, 使該樣品與該區域-起培育,進而允許該核酸之分子與 該等聚核㈣對應募㈣酸探針(其與該核酸之部分 結合, 使包含肖該等聚核芽酸對應寡核#酸探針中t 一或多者 結合的祕酸之分子之該區域與對應於該陣狀寡核苦酸 探針中之特定一者對應的聚核苷酸之偵測寡核苷酸一起培 育’進而使彳貞«料酸與已㈣特定寡料酸探針或與 該核酸互補之其他募核苷酸探針結合之核酸分子結合, 偵測該等偵測寡核苷酸之存在,進而鑑別該陣列中之哪 些聚核苷酸對應募核苷酸探針與結合於該特定募核苷酸聚 核苷酸對應探針之核酸之部分互補,進而鑑別哪些聚核苷 酸與該特定核酸互補, 其中將該寡核苷酸探針陣列固定於一組合之區域上,其 中該組合包含: 一表面,其包含數目與待研究之聚核苷酸的數目相同之 空間離散、大體上相同之區域,各區域包含: 數目與待研究之聚核苷酸的數目相同之不同|苗,各錯與 雙官能連接子締合, 130267.doc -52- 200907067 該雙官能連接子具有對該錨具特異性之第一部分及包含 對應於該等聚核^:酸中之至少—者之寡核芽酸 一 部分。 # 在本發明之另—態樣中,定位EST或其他聚核苷酸之上 述方法進一步包含在一或多個步驟之間移除樣品之未結合 部分。 口 若非例如藉由PCR則可藉由熟習此項技術者熟悉之許多 方法在偵測之前擴増或修飾自交聯標靶分離之探針。在此 情況下回收探針可經擴展、標記以及擴增。 本發明之方法中所用之核酸(例如標把)、摘測標乾中所 涉及之寡核普酸或核酸酶保護片段(本文中他處所述)可藉 由多種習知酶促程序(包括PCR及連接酶反應)中之任一者 來擴增 種如此之擴增方法為轉錄介導之擴增 (Transcription_Mediated Amplificati〇n)(例如參見仏等 人,(1993). J. Clin. Microbiol, 31,3270-3274)。 在本發明之另一實施例中,使一或多個所關注核酸標靶 與特異性㈣«㈣諸衫且經受錢酶保護程序, 且以MAPS盤檢定已與所關注標靶雜交之彼等保護片段。 當然,該等"MAPS盤”可含有未與連接子締合之錨(例如, 其可直接與所關注之標無或核酸酶保護片段締合);熟習 此項技術者根據本說明書及主張其權利之原型中之任一者 將會明暸如連同任何類型之探針陣列所用之核酸酶保護的 優點。若所關注標靶為RNA且保護片段為DNA,則核酸酶 保護/MAPS檢定(NPA-MAPS)可降低對廣泛處理RNA之需 130267.doc •53- 200907067 要,後者可能因污染核酸酶而易於發生降解且因此難以處 理。用核酸酶保護程序處理樣品亦允許樣品具有降低之黏 度。樣品之核酸酶保護可允許檢定之更大靈敏性及再現 性。本發明之一優點在於檢定可足夠靈敏以使得標靶之擴 增(例如,藉由PCR)對於偵測信號而言並不必要。在NPA-MAPS檢定中,探針陣列中之探針為鏈型與所關注核酸標 靶相同而非如標準MAPS檢定中與所關注核酸標靶互補之 寡核皆酸。 在NPA-MAPS檢定中,所關注之標靶可為任何核酸,例 如,染色體組DNA、cDNA、病毒DNA或RNA、rRNA、 tRNA、mRNA、寡核苷酸、核酸片段、經修飾核酸、合成 核酸或其類似物。在本發明之一較佳實施例中,程序係用 於檢定存在於組織或細胞RNA提取物中之一或多種mRNA 標靶。使含有所關注標靶之樣品首先在所選嚴格條件(參 見上文關於用以達成特異性雜交之適當反應條件之論述) 下與過量之一或多個特異性保護片段雜交。保護片段為聚 核苷酸,其可為(例如)對所關注核酸標靶之一部分具特異 性之RNA、DNA(包括PCR產物)、PNA或經修飾或取代核 酸。'’特異性”保護月段意謂與預期結合搭配物充分互補以 與之在所選嚴格條件下結合、但不會與其他非預期核酸結 合之聚核苷酸。保護片段長度可為至少1 〇個核苷酸、較佳 5 0個至約1 00個,或約與全長cDNA—樣長。在一較佳實施 例中,保護片段為單鏈DNA寡核苷酸。在單一雜交反應中 可包括對多達1 〇〇個標靶或1 〇〇個以上標靶具特異性之保護 130267.doc -54- 200907067 片奴。在雜交I,用—或多種核g变酶之混合液處理樣品以 1壞除保護片段外之核酸’該(等)保護片段已與所關注核 -久及(視it況)核酸標靶之部分雜交,其中該(等)部分在核 酸酶保護程序期間已經雜交且經保護免於核酸酶消化(如 在雙鍵雜合物中)。舉例而言,若樣品包含細胞提取物, 則在此步驟中可大體上破壞不需之核酸,諸如除所關注者 外之染色體組職、tRNA、rRNAAmRNA。視雜交複合 物及樣品中存在之不合需要之核酸的性質而定,可使用多 種核酉文酶中之任一者,其包括(例如)膜腺RNA酶、綠豆核 s夂酶、S1核酸酶、RNA酶a、核糖核酸酶τι、外切核酸酶 HI、外切核酸酶Vn、RNA酶CLB、RNA酶phyM、rna酶 或其類似物。RNA*H可尤其適用於消化與DNA保護片 &結合之殘餘RNA。此項技術#熟知該等酶之反應條件且 其可憑經驗最優化。此外,可使用例如讓之驗性水解之 化學私序。根據需要’樣品可藉由此項技術中熟知之程序 進一步處理以移除未雜交物質及/㈣化或移除殘餘酶(例 如,酚萃取、沈澱、瞢叔 > e往過濾等)。雜乂、接著核酸酶消 化及(視情況)化學降解之方法被稱作核酸酶保護程序;已 描述多種核酸酶保護程序(例如參見Lee等人,Ο%?) Meth. Enzymol. 152, 633侧;ζ-等人,〇983)⑽ μ 奶销)。藉由核酸酶保護處理樣品,接著進行鈍化核酸 酶之(可選)程序’將該樣品與MAps探針陣列接觸置放且 進仃MAPS檢定之通常步驟。可藉由(例如)與標記靶特里 性報導體(如本文中關於標準财職定所述)雜冑來债測 130267.doc -55- 200907067 、’σ 口保濩片’又’或保護片段自身可經可偵測分子共價或非 共價標記。 必要時’可包括用於正規化NPA_MAps檢定之—或多種 對照物。舉例而言,可使用一或多個對應於預期以大體上 恆定之量存在於一系列樣品之每一者中之核酸的保護片段 (例如’構成性產生之mRNA、染色體組職、则八或 rRNA之一部分)。在用於測量以可變量存在之核酸(例如 mRNA)之檢定中偵測且量化内部正規化對照物(例如染色 體組DNA)之能力為在檢定中使用保護片段之優點。 因為正規化標準之量可低於所關注之表現mRNA之量, 所以可調節檢定以使對應於表現基因之信號不覆蓋對應於 正規化標準之信號。調節信號量之方法為習知的且將為孰 習此項技術者顯而易見。舉例而言,可使用用於平衡信號 強度(例如’信號衰減、微調)之本文中所述方法 υ (例如用阻斷連接子;以比經設計來偵測邮職之信號 部分更高之程度標記經設計來❹】正規化標準之信號部 分;將複數個對正規化核酸之不同部分或對應於彼核:之 不同部分之保護片段等具特異性之連接子置於指定用於债 測正規化標準之位點處)。可(例如)由本文中他處所述之方 法之任一者來同時或依次偵測所關注之正 標乾(例如mRNA)。 規化“準及核酸 在一較佳實施例中,保護片段直接經標記,例如,並 藉由與乾特異性報導體雜交而標記。舉例而言,報導體係 經由配位體-抗配位體相互作用而與保護片段結合,例 130267.doc -56- 200907067 如’將抗生蛋白鏈菌素酶複合物添加 …。在另-實例中,保護片段經化X素:保護寡核 由與辣根過氧化物酶(HRP)或榮 二偶(例如,藉 修飾係藉由保護片段之核酸部分或在不直:有偶^ 蝴例如,在藉由(例如)酶或化學處理;4其之之裂情況下經 在上述方法之任-者中,保護之裂解後)。 子雜交之前或之後經標記。 I、與相應連接子分 為控制核酸酶保護程序適當 按需要經消化,η 用亦即非雜交核酸已 雜幻η座 保護片段以包含突出(非 蕻“…、應在程序適當起作用時由核酸酶裂解。可 二互補性標記偵測探針雜交來敎突出片段之存在或 :,或保護片段之突出部分自身可經可谓測分子共價 價t記。此控制可在將樣品置於與探針陣列接觸之 或自身作為MAPS檢定之部分。當然,因為不同 =可易於區別(例如,具有不同吸收光譜之氣石),所以 右:不同標記之寡核芽酸可包括於單一檢定中。此外,在 =進行期間可使用如由凝膠電泳分析之標準核酸酶保護 檢疋以證實保護片段按預期經處理。 熟習此項技術者將瞭解用於正確核酸酶消化之其他控 制。舉例而言,可在檢定中包括已知對實例中之任何㈣ 〃有特〃〖生之核酸酶保護片段(例如,在植物核酸檢定 中可包括對已知不存在於植物中之動物基因具特異性之 保護片段)。 ' 在偵測標後,可消除(例如變性、破壞、泮滅、抑 130267.doc -57· 200907067 制、阻斷)偵測探針(例如,經HRP標記)信號,將盤洗滌以 移除可干擾下個步驟之任何所得試劑、劑或缓衝劑(例如 變性試劑),且隨後可藉由不同偵測探針(例如,亦經HRP 標記)來偵測突出物。可在檢定之各個階段使用信號變 性,接著添加具有相同信號轉導部分之不同偵測探針。可 在不存在變性或信號阻斷之情況下使用兩種不同螢光探針 及雙重顏色偵測。 在本發明之一實施例中,如上文所述,寡核苷酸探針係 用於篩檢包含一或多種多態現象之核酸。在一較佳實施例 中,核酸(例如DNA,諸如染色體組DNA ;或RNA,諸如 mRNA)包含一或多個SNP。常規、公認程序可用於實施該 程序。舉例而言,為篩檢包含已知SNP之DNA或自此DNA 表現之mRNA,"SNP特異性”保護片段係與包含可包含彼 SNP之核酸之樣品雜交。”SNP特異性”保護片段在上下文 中意謂包含改變鹼基之SNP或(若mRNA待分析)此序列之反 向補體之保護片段。樣品隨後經一或多種適當核酸酶處 理,該等核酸酶在適當之可憑經驗確定條件下消化未雜交 單鏈核酸且在錯配(例如,單一鹼基錯配)位點處裂解雙鏈 (雙鏈體)核酸(例如,DNA-DNA雜合物、DNA-RNA雜合物 或其類似物)。適當核酸酶包括(例如)S1或RHA酶Η。若包 含SNP之核酸存在於樣品中且與SNP特異性保護片段雜 交,則保護片段將在消化程序中保存完整,且可經受 MAPS檢定且由對保護片段之序列具特異性之偵測探針或 偵測寡核苷酸偵測。不包含SNP之核酸將在核酸中SNP特 130267.doc -58- 200907067 異性保護片段與相應野生型序列之間的錯配位點處裂解。 必要時,可使用習知方法(例如,熱變性、酶促裂解等)來 移除位於裂解位點遠端或近端之保護片段之一部分。可設 計檢定以使得裂解分子(或其部分)將不與連接子結合,或 =得該等裂解分子(即使其部分與連接子結合)將不可由適 田十偵測板針或偵測养核苷酸偵測。另一實施例係針對 之偵測,其可應用於(例如)偵測染色體組DNA _之 SNP。 在本發明之-實施例中,可藉由單—探針陣列來檢定樣 品中不同類型之標乾’例如,舰、魏'細胞内蛋白質 及分泌蛋白質之各種組合。 除上述多種高產量檢定之外,熟f此項技術者將顯而易 見許多其他高產量檢定。 夕铋針檢定之一優點為在經受與實際實驗探針相同 之反應料之各探針陣列中包括多種”控制”探針之能力。 舉例而。’陣列中之各區域可包含陽性及/或陰性控制。Press’ New York). The extract (or amplification product therefrom) may be allowed to contact (e.g., incubated with it) a plurality of substantially identical arrays comprising probes for appropriate indications of rna, and may be identified as associated with indicative changes in expression These reagents. Similarly, agents that modulate expressions associated with a particular physiological state or developmental stage can be identified. Such agents may be artificial or naturally occurring substances, including environmental factors such as substances involved in embryonic development or regulation of physiological responses' or substances important in agricultural enterprises such as insecticides or herbicides. Furthermore, such agents may be used in their unaltered state or in aggregate with other materials; and they may be covalently or non-covalently linked to the binding member either directly or via a specific binding substance. A further embodiment of the present month is a kit suitable for detecting at least one of the specimens in the sample, comprising: a surface comprising a plurality of spatially discrete regions, at least two regions in the discrete regions of the space Substantially identical 'each region comprising at least eight different anchors (raised nucleotides) or one of the other types described herein and a container comprising at least one bifunctional linker molecule having (a) the at least one of the specific first part and the second part of the probe containing at least one of the material (etc.) silk scarves. The implementation of the spread, provided - as above a) The surface of the surface and the group are used to link the ruthenium linker molecule to at least one of the financial members, the bifunctional linker molecule having a specificity for at least one of the (etc.) anchors - a portion and a second M1 comprising a probe specific for at least one of the standard stems, etc., may include (10) if not limited to the description of the tin on the surface 130267.doc -50- 200907067, how much tin is present and its presence Surface connection (association, binding, etc.) linker and error And <showing and using a specific anchor as an oligonucleotide means that it can be packaged as "for example, if the complementary linker of the designed linker is::: = the practitioner can hybridize with (9), for example) Peptides, which indicate that the action will specifically interact with the peptide to form a t-phase (eg) association-linker, such as conditions and reagents (such as temperature and rheology (or other type of association). Any type of control connection may include the tffl structure and the use of the defensive, " ♦ ♦ 丨丨 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 做 做 做 做 做 做 做 做 周 周 周 周 周 周 周 周 周 杈 杈 周Information on the method of verification. The description may cover any of the parameters, conditions, or examples disclosed in the following::: This technique is conventionally performed by a conventional procedure. /, White is not, as in this application As described elsewhere, the 'practitioner can connect multiple types of linkers: package:- or multiple specific materials to the surface of the invention to plan any of a variety of probe arrays. In addition, practitioners can Remove a specific set of connection + day line linkers from the surface of the invention and another set A linker (identical or different from the first set) is added to the surface to allow the particular surface to be reused multiple times. This elasticity and reproducibility make purely other advantages of the present invention. In another aspect, the present invention is A method for determining which of a plurality of polymorphic acids is complementary to a particular nucleic acid, wherein each of the polynuclear tracts comprises two different oligonuclear sequences with each of the TMs: 130267 .doc 51 200907067 The nucleus of the two different oligonucleotides in the nucleus of the "probe and the :::: definition corresponds to the polynuclear * oligonucleotide, which contains: limited to the polynucleus" Passing a sample of the molecule comprising the nucleic acid to at least one region of the combination, wherein the region comprises an array of _ · ;; y; 丨 A 丨 苷 苷 , , ,, at least one of the probes Corresponding to each of the polynucleotides, the sample is incubated with the region, thereby allowing the molecule of the nucleic acid to bind to the polynuclear (tetra) acid probe (which is associated with a portion of the nucleic acid) To make one or more of the oligonuclear acid-acid probes This region of the molecule of the secret acid is incubated with a detection oligonucleotide corresponding to the polynucleotide corresponding to a particular one of the array of oligonucleotides, and the acid is Having (iv) a specific oligoacid probe or a nucleic acid molecule bound to another nucleotide probe complementary to the nucleic acid, detecting the presence of the detection oligonucleotides, and thereby identifying which polynucleosides in the array The acid-receiving nucleotide probe is complementary to a portion of the nucleic acid that binds to the probe of the specific nucleotide-specific polynucleotide, thereby identifying which polynucleotide is complementary to the particular nucleic acid, wherein the oligonucleotide is The probe array is immobilized on a combined region, wherein the combination comprises: a surface comprising a plurality of discrete, substantially identical regions of the same number as the number of polynucleotides to be studied, each region comprising: The number of polynucleotides studied is the same | Miao, each error is associated with a bifunctional linker, 130267.doc -52- 200907067 The bifunctional linker has a first part specific to the anchor and contains Such polynuclear ^: in acid At least - part of the oligonucleate. In another aspect of the invention, locating the EST or other polynucleotides further comprises removing the unbound portion of the sample between one or more steps. If not by PCR, for example, probes isolated from the cross-linked target can be expanded or modified prior to detection by a number of methods familiar to those skilled in the art. In this case the recovery probe can be expanded, labeled and amplified. Nucleic acids (e.g., standards) used in the methods of the invention, and oligonucleotides or nuclease protected fragments (described elsewhere herein) involved in the extraction of the stem can be subjected to a variety of conventional enzymatic procedures (including PCR and ligase reaction) are used to amplify such amplification methods for transcription-mediated amplification (see, for example, 仏 et al., (1993). J. Clin. Microbiol, 31,3270-3274). In another embodiment of the invention, one or more nucleic acid targets of interest are labeled with a specific (four) «(4) shirt and subjected to a renase protection program, and the MAPS disk assay has been protected against hybridization of the target of interest. Fragment. Of course, such "MAPS discs" may contain anchors that are not associated with a linker (e.g., they may be directly associated with a target or nuclease protected fragment of interest); those skilled in the art will be able to Any of the prototypes of its rights will demonstrate the advantages of nuclease protection as used with any type of probe array. If the target of interest is RNA and the protective fragment is DNA, then nuclease protection/MAPS assay (NPA) -MAPS) reduces the need for extensive processing of RNA. 130267.doc •53- 200907067 The latter may be susceptible to degradation due to contamination with nucleases and is therefore difficult to handle. Treatment of the sample with a nuclease protection program also allows the sample to have a reduced viscosity. Nuclease protection of the sample may allow for greater sensitivity and reproducibility of the assay. One advantage of the present invention is that the assay is sufficiently sensitive that amplification of the target (eg, by PCR) is not necessary for detecting the signal In the NPA-MAPS assay, the probes in the probe array are stranded identical to the nucleic acid target of interest rather than the oligonucleotides complementary to the nucleic acid target of interest in the standard MAPS assay. In the NPA-MAPS assay, the target of interest may be any nucleic acid, for example, genomic DNA, cDNA, viral DNA or RNA, rRNA, tRNA, mRNA, oligonucleotide, nucleic acid fragment, modified nucleic acid, synthetic nucleic acid or An analog thereof. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the program is for assaying one or more mRNA targets present in a tissue or cellular RNA extract. The sample containing the target of interest is first selected in the selected Conditions (see above for a discussion of appropriate reaction conditions for achieving specific hybridization) hybridization with one or more specific protective fragments in excess. The protected fragments are polynucleotides which may be, for example, of interest One of the nucleic acid targets has specific RNA, DNA (including PCR products), PNA or modified or substituted nucleic acids. The 'specificity' protection period means fully complementary to the expected binding partner to be selected A polynucleotide that binds under conditions but does not bind to other unintended nucleic acids. The guard fragment can be at least 1 nucleotide in length, preferably from 50 to about 100, or about as long as the full length cDNA. In a preferred embodiment, the protected fragment is a single stranded DNA oligonucleotide. Protection of up to 1 target or more than 1 target can be included in a single hybridization reaction. 130267.doc -54- 200907067 A slave. In hybridization I, the sample is treated with a mixture of - or a plurality of nuclear g-enzymes to eliminate the nucleic acid outside the protected fragment. The (the) protective fragment has been associated with the nuclear-long and (by fact) nucleic acid target of interest. Partial hybridization wherein the (etc.) moiety has hybridized during nuclease protection and protected from nuclease digestion (as in a double bond hybrid). For example, if the sample contains a cell extract, the unwanted nucleic acid can be substantially destroyed in this step, such as a chromosomal group, tRNA, rRNAA mRNA other than the one of interest. Depending on the nature of the hybrid nucleic acid present in the hybridization complex and the sample, any of a variety of nuclear enzymes can be used, including, for example, membrane adenosine RNase, mung bean nuclear s chymase, S1 nuclease. , RNase a, ribonuclease τι, exonuclease HI, exonuclease Vn, RNase CLB, RNase phyM, rna enzyme or the like. RNA*H is especially useful for digesting residual RNA that binds to DNA protectors & This technique is well known for the reaction conditions of such enzymes and can be optimized empirically. Further, for example, a chemical private sequence for allowing prophylactic hydrolysis can be used. Samples may be further processed by procedures well known in the art to remove unhybridized material and/or to remove residual enzymes (e.g., phenol extraction, precipitation, sputum > e to filtration, etc.). The methods of hydrazine, followed by nuclease digestion and, where appropriate, chemical degradation are referred to as nuclease protection programs; various nuclease protection procedures have been described (see, eg, Lee et al., Ο%?) Meth. Enzymol. 152, 633 side ;ζ-等,〇983)(10) μ milk pin). The sample is treated by nuclease protection followed by an optional (option) procedure for passivating nucleases. The sample is placed in contact with the MAps probe array and subjected to the usual steps of the MAPS assay. It can be measured by, for example, a tagged target with a target terry conductor (as described in this article on Standard Finance) 130267.doc -55- 200907067, 'σ 口保濩' and 'or protection The fragment itself may be covalently or non-covalently labeled by a detectable molecule. If necessary, 'may include a normalized NPA_MAps assay—or multiple controls. For example, one or more protective fragments corresponding to nucleic acids that are expected to be present in a substantially constant amount in each of a series of samples (eg, 'constitutively produced mRNA, chromosomal group, then eight or One part of rRNA). The ability to detect and quantify internal normalized controls (e. g., chromosomal DNA) in assays for measuring nucleic acids (e. g., mRNA) that are present in variable amounts is an advantage of using protected fragments in assays. Since the amount of normalization standard can be lower than the amount of mRNA of interest, the assay can be adjusted such that the signal corresponding to the expression gene does not cover the signal corresponding to the normalization criteria. Methods of adjusting the amount of semaphores are well known and will be apparent to those skilled in the art. For example, methods described herein for balancing signal strength (eg, 'signal attenuation, fine-tuning) can be used (eg, with a blocking link; to a higher degree than the signal portion designed to detect a postal job) The label is designed to normalize the signal portion of the standard; to place a plurality of specific linkers that are specific to the normalized nucleic acid or a protective fragment corresponding to a different part of the core: At the location of the standard). The positive target (e.g., mRNA) of interest can be detected simultaneously or sequentially, for example, by any of the methods described elsewhere herein. Regulatory "Nuclear Nucleic Acids In a preferred embodiment, the guard fragments are directly labeled, for example, and labeled by hybridization to a stem specific reporter. For example, the reporter system via a ligand-anti-ligand Interaction with the protective fragment, Example 130267.doc -56- 200907067, such as 'adding the streptavidin complex.... In another example, the protective fragment is converted to X: protected oligonucleic by horseradish Peroxidase (HRP) or singularity (for example, by modifying the nucleic acid moiety of the fragment or by not being straight: having an occlusion, for example, by, for example, enzymatic or chemical treatment; In the case of cleavage, in any of the above methods, after the cleavage of the protection), before or after the sub-hybridization is labeled. I, and the corresponding linker is divided into a control nuclease protection program, which is appropriately digested as needed, and η is used. The non-hybridized nucleic acid has a heterozygous n-protected fragment to contain a prominent (non-蕻", which should be cleaved by a nuclease when the program is functioning properly. The two complementary markers can be detected by hybridization of the probe to highlight the presence of the fragment or: Or protect the highlights of the fragment The body can be measured by the covalent price of the molecule. This control can be placed in contact with the probe array or itself as part of the MAPS assay. Of course, because the difference = can be easily distinguished (for example, with different absorption spectra) Gasstone), so right: differently labeled oligonucleotides can be included in a single assay. In addition, a standard nuclease protection assay such as by gel electrophoresis can be used during the validation to confirm that the protected fragment is treated as expected. Those skilled in the art will be aware of other controls for proper nuclease digestion. For example, any of the known examples in the examples may be included in the assay (eg) nuclease-protected fragments (eg, in Plant nucleic acid assays may include protective fragments specific for animal genes that are not known to be present in plants. ' After detection, it can be eliminated (eg, denaturation, destruction, annihilation, inhibition 130267.doc -57· 200907067 System, block) detect probe (eg, HRP-labeled) signal, wash the disk to remove any resulting reagents, agents, or buffers (eg, denaturing reagents) that can interfere with the next step The protrusions can then be detected by different detection probes (eg, also by HRP markers). Signal denaturation can be used at various stages of the assay, followed by the addition of different detection probes having the same signal transduction portion. Two different fluorescent probes and dual color detection are used in the absence of denaturation or signal blockage. In one embodiment of the invention, as described above, oligonucleotide probes are used for screening A nucleic acid comprising one or more polymorphisms. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid (eg, DNA, such as genomic DNA; or RNA, such as mRNA) comprises one or more SNPs. Conventional, well-established procedures can be used to implement the program For example, to screen for DNA comprising a known SNP or mRNA derived from the DNA, a "SNP-specific" protected fragment is hybridized to a sample comprising a nucleic acid that can comprise a SNP. A "SNP-specific" protected fragment in the context means a protected fragment comprising a SNP that alters a base or (if the mRNA is to be analyzed) a reverse complement of the sequence. The sample is then treated with one or more appropriate nucleases which, under appropriate conditions, can digest unhybridized single-stranded nucleic acids and cleave the duplex at a mismatch (eg, single base mismatch) site ( A duplex) nucleic acid (eg, a DNA-DNA hybrid, a DNA-RNA hybrid, or an analog thereof). Suitable nucleases include, for example, S1 or RHA enzyme oxime. If a nucleic acid comprising a SNP is present in a sample and hybridizes to a SNP-specific protective fragment, the protected fragment will be preserved intact in the digestion procedure and can undergo a MAPS assay and be detected by a probe specific for the sequence of the protected fragment or Detection of oligonucleotide detection. Nucleic acids that do not contain a SNP will be cleaved at the mismatch site between the SNP specific 130267.doc-58-200907067 heterologous protected fragment and the corresponding wild-type sequence in the nucleic acid. Where necessary, conventional methods (e.g., heat denaturation, enzymatic cleavage, etc.) can be used to remove a portion of the guard fragment located distally or proximally of the cleavage site. The assay can be designed such that the cleavage molecule (or a portion thereof) will not bind to the linker, or = the cleavage molecule (even if part of it binds to the linker) will not be detectable by the ELISA or the nucleus Glycoside detection. Another embodiment is directed to detection that can be applied, for example, to detecting SNPs of genomic DNA. In an embodiment of the invention, various combinations of different types of stems in the sample, e.g., warship, Wei' intracellular proteins, and secreted proteins, can be assayed by a single probe array. In addition to the various high-volume tests described above, many other high-yield tests will be apparent to those skilled in the art. One of the advantages of the oxime needle assay is the ability to include multiple "control" probes in each probe array that is subjected to the same reactants as the actual experimental probe. For example. Each region in the array can contain positive and/or negative controls.

術語"陽性控制摄钟,丨A 保針在本文中用於意謂已知(例如)與標靶 大體上相互作用或以定量或定性已知方式與其相互作用、 :而充:楝針/標靶相互作用之(η内部)標準之控制探針。 -列而言’此探針可控制雜交效率。術語,,陰性控 在本文中用於音士田 針。兴例而二 與標靶大體上相互作用之控制探 牛 5,此探針可控制雜交特異性。作為可使用 控制類型之實例,者虐巧使用之 考慮,、中养核苷酸探針陣列係用於篩檢 調郎疾病之一* έ日β月# η '、、 得土因之表現的藥劑之檢定。作為對諸 130267.doc ,59· 200907067 如各樣品之溶解細胞數、m β M A — 数mRNA之回收率或雜交效率之變 數之内部正規化控制,探針 τ „^ Τ卩早幻了包括對一或多種基礎水 平或構成性管家基因(諸如結構基因(例如,㈣蛋白、微 管蛋白或其他)或職結合蛋白(例如,轉錄調節因子或皇 他))具特異性之探針,I ^ 其表現預期不受待測試之試劑調 二二,為測定待測試之試劑是否產生不需之副作用 (::=亡或毒性),探針陣列可包含對已知作為細胞 二周亡(漸進式細胞死亡)過程之部分誘導之基因具特異性或The term "positive control clock, 丨A needle is used herein to mean, for example, to substantially interact with a target or interact with it in a quantitative or qualitatively known manner: Control probe for the (η internal) standard of the target interaction. - Columns' This probe controls the efficiency of hybridization. The term, negative control is used herein to refer to the needle. Properly and secondly control the probe to interact with the target 5. This probe controls the hybridization specificity. As an example of the type of control that can be used, the use of the medium-nuclear probe array is used to screen one of the diseases of the lang lang * έ日β月# η ', and the performance of the soil Pharmacy test. As an internal normalization control of 130267.doc, 59· 200907067 such as the number of lysed cells of each sample, the recovery of m β MA — mRNA or the variation of hybridization efficiency, the probe τ „^ Τ卩One or more basal levels or constitutive housekeeping genes (such as structural genes (eg, (iv) proteins, tubulin, or others) or occupational binding proteins (eg, transcriptional regulators or empires) specific probes, I ^ The performance is expected to be unrecognized by the reagents to be tested. To determine whether the reagents to be tested produce unwanted side effects (:: = death or toxicity), the probe array may contain two weeks of death known as cells (progressive) Partially induced genes in the process of cell death) are specific or

在細胞損傷(例如熱衝擊I '、、、衝擊蛋白)或細胞毒性(例如ρ450基因) 之條件下誘導之探針。 t中可包括其他控制探針以”微調”檢定之靈敏性。舉 例:=考慮檢定調節與特定疾病狀態相關之產生 之試劑。若先前分析指示此組中相關性mRNA之一者(亦 即,mRNA-A)係以與里他相 ψ m t p 、 匕等較高量產生以使得其信 唬覆盍其他mRNA,則連接子可々 -r 要子了,士調即以"微調"檢定以補 二:=加,,阻斷連接子”(其包含指定—-A ^把之每特異性寡核苷酸序 列)以稀釋寺里性連接W ”缺乏探針特異性序 定之靈敏I·生: 因此降低對彼mRNA之檢 疋之靈敏性。熟習此項技術者可藉由常規、習知方法來測 疋阻斷=接子與未阻斷連接子之適當比率。 在檢定之其他步驟中亦 性元素之特定㈣之衫之”微非活k素稀釋活 用"非活性•,靶特显性報釋° +例而5 ’其可精由 則貞測程度進行例m ㈣異性報導體而 〃有相同靶特異性部分(例如募 130267.doc -60- 200907067 核普酸序列)、但不具有信號轉導實體者或具有非活化 或非活性形式之信號轉導實體者。如本文中所用,術語" 信號轉導實體"係指發射可她號或能夠產生此信號之 標記、標籤、分子或任何物質,例如,榮光分子'發光酶 或本文中所揭不之多種信號轉導實體之任一者。在一尤其 較佳實施例中,可在使含標乾複合物與伯測連接子接狀 步驟中進行”微調,,。可設計一組價測連接子(例如)以微調 檢定中各個別標乾之靈敏性。舉例而言若已知特定㈣ 以極尚含量存在於樣品中,則彼標乾之侦測連接子可用可 憑經驗較量之’’阻斷侦測連接子”稀釋,該,,阻斷谓測連 接子包含寺異性部分(例如募核苦酸序列)、但不包含對 報導體試劑具特異性之部分,或包含乾特異性部分及與非 活性報導體試劑預結合之報導體試劑特異性部分。亦即, 並非包含對報導體試❹性之部分,彼部分可不存 ,,或防止(例如,阻斷)與報導體試劑相互作用(例如雜 父)。此微調有時在本文中稱作信號"衰減,,。 本發明之檢定中所測試之樣品可包含上述標乾之任一 ’或其他。待檢定之液體樣品可具有適於測試區域之尺 寸之任何體積,其在約⑽奈升至約⑽微升之範_。在 一較佳實施例中,# 1 I + V、:& T升之液隸施用於1536孔微量滴 \ 。可藉由適於高產量分析之多種方法之任一 (:如’藉由分注、基於喷墨之分配或藉由使用複製針 將樣品置於與探針陣列接觸。在可有效達 十 次其他穩定相互作用之條件(例如,鹽濃度、 130267.doc -61 - 200907067 阳值、溫度、培育時間等,參見上文)下培育樣品。該等 條件可常規測定。在培育後,可使用憑經驗確定之條件視 情況處理(例如洗滌)樣品以移除未結合標革巴以使特異性相 互作用保持完整,但移除非特異性結合物質。舉例而古, 可在與用於達成探針/標乾結合相同或比其稍微更嚴格之 條件下將樣品洗I約一次至十次或十次以上。 可由多種程序之任一者來製備含有乾RNA(例如, 湖A、rRNA、⑽A '病毒RNA或總㈣)之樣品。舉例 而言,可將待㈣mRNA之活❸卜細胞培養物塗於表面之 區域上,諸如微量滴定盤之個別孔中n兄,在獲 需細胞密度後,該等細胞可經 &』、.,丄所關庄试劑(諸如刺激劑或 潛在治療劑)處理’視檢定而定,該所關注試劑可由多種 方式之任—者(例如,藉由複製針卫具(諸如獲自Beckman 之96或384針工具)、藉由抽吸或藉 次次糟由噴墨分配)添加至細胞 ’且用細胞培育任何適當時期(例如,介於㈣分鐘斑 約48小時之間)。可使用常規、公認方法(例如市售套叫 製備來自活體外或活體内來源之組織或細胞之總隱、 mRN A專提取物。 在一實施例中,細胞在存在式又六—“ a 仔隹次不存在核酸酶保護片段之 情況下經溶解(或滲透),且在不存在 牡个仔在自(例如)其他細胞組 份之其他純化之情況下,直接#用如々 搔使用粗溶菌液(例如,在微 量滴定盤之孔中)。若細胞係在不存在核酸酶保護片段之 情況下溶解,則此等保護片段可視情況隨後添加至溶菌液 中〇 130267.doc -62- 200907067 在-較佳實施例中,例如,其中核酸酶保護片段經偵 測,樣品係藉由使所關注細胞(例如,微量滴定盤之孔之 表面上之細胞;組織或整個有機體樣品中之細胞;或其類 似物)與水性介質(溶解溶液)接觸來製備,該水性介質包含 界面活性劑或清潔劑(例如為約〇 〇1%至約〇 5% w/v之 及試劑(例如,甲醯胺(例如為約8%'約60%,帅鹽酸胍 ('J為、力〇. 1 M-約6 M)、異硫氰酸胍(例如為約〇 05 約 8 1^)或尿素(例如為約4〇%_約46%,^^或約7河》,其單 獨或組合一或多種其他試劑可充當離液劑。可由任何標準 緩衝液來緩衝水性介質。在—較佳實施例中,緩衝液為約 0.5-6X SSC、更佳約3X SSC。視情況,水性介質亦可包含 適當濃度(例如,約(M-2.0 mg/ml、較佳約〇 5 之 tRNA。在核酸酶保護片段經添加至細胞中之前,其亦可 經添加至水性介質令。可使用習知方法憑經驗測定各保護 片段之最佳濃度。在一較佳實施例中,各保護片段之濃度 為約3 pM至約3 00 pM、更佳約30 pM。 於水溶液中培育細胞直至該等細胞變得滲透及/或溶 解,且DNA及/或mRNA自細胞釋放入水性介質中。在可憑 經驗確定之可最佳化溫度(例如,約37它至約n 5〇c、較佳 約9 0 C至約11 5 °C )下,將細胞於水性介質中培育可憑經驗 確定之時間(例如,約i分鐘至約60分鐘)。 舉例而言,在一實施例中’其中DNA與RNA均係以能夠 與保護片段結合之變性形式自細胞中釋放,在約9 〇。〇至約 115°C、較佳約1 〇5°C下將該等細胞於水性介質中培育約i 130267.doc • 63 - 200907067 刀鐘至約60分鐘、較佳約5分鐘至約2〇分鐘。必要時,例 如’當需要在不存在RNA之情況下檢定dna時,在培育混 "" 可匕括夕種習知核糖核酸酶之任一者。適當核糖核 酸酶之選擇及消化條件之最優化為習知的且易於由熟練工 作人員確定。 &在另一實施例中,可藉由視情況在存在一或多種保護片 丰又之U況下在約9〇°C至約i 〇〇。〇、較佳約95。〇下於水性介質 中將、.、田胞坧月約5分鐘至約2〇分鐘、較佳約1 〇分鐘來製備 mRNA。纟此情況下,mRNA大體上係以能夠與保護片段 …之變性形式自細胞釋放,且⑽錄持大體上内部或與 細胞連接’或由於其雙鏈性質而不可用於探針,或以不能 夠與保濩片段結合之形式(例如未變性)自細胞釋放。不希 望又限於任何特定機制,似乎隨著核酸自溶解/渗透細胞 釋放’其充分變性以允許其與保護片段結合以形成穩定雙 鏈體"亥雙鏈體抵抗内源性或外源性試劑或酶降解,且細 胞内之蛋白質(例如核酸酶)經變性及/或非活化。 在由上述程序製備所關注核酸之後,樣品可稀釋為適當 體積,以使得水性介質不抑制外源添加蛋白質(諸如核酸 酶(例如S1核酸酶)、蛋白酶(例如pCR反應所需之聚合酶) 或結合蛋白(例如抗生蛋白鏈菌素))之功能。可使用習知方 法憑經驗確定如上所述之稀釋液之量及待用於水溶液中之 組份之身份及量。 對於本發明之方法之任一者而言,標靶可由此項技術中 熟知及/或本文中他處所述之多種程序之任一者(例如用於 130267.doc •64· 200907067 偵測核酸酶保護片段)經標記。舉例而言’靶分子可與提 供價測信號之化學基團直接或間接偶合,該等化學基團為 (諸如)化學發光分子,或催化化學發光分子產生之酶或 螢光分子(如帛光素或cy5),或時差式螢光分子(如螯合鑭 系金屬之一者),或放射性化合物。或者,標靶可在其與 探針反應後其可由-或多種標絲特異性報導體(例如, 抗體、如圖i中所示之寡核苷酸,或上文關於探針及標靶 所述之分子之一般類型的任一者)標記。 一類螢光分子可為”向上轉化型磷光體”,亦即,吸收且 在長波長(例如IR)下激發,隨後發射較短波長(例如可見 光)之氟石。因為向上轉化型磷光體比待分析之典型樣品 中存在之大多數潛在干擾物f吸收更長波長,所以與吸收 較短波長之碌光體相比,向上轉化型磷光體使得由樣品中 之物質造成之干擾降低。大多數向上轉化型磷光體之窄發 射光譜亦允許同時偵測大量不同向上轉化型鱗光體。向上 轉化型磷光體為此項技術中所熟知且習知,且其包括(例 如)尤其為氧硫化物鹽形式之稀土金屬離子(諸如,镱 (Yb)、铒(Er)、铥(Tm)及镨(Pr))。已描述多達肋種或⑽種 以上可獨立制之向上轉化型#光體(例如參見出一⑽Probes induced under conditions of cellular damage (eg, thermal shock I', , shock protein) or cytotoxicity (eg, ρ450 gene). The sensitivity of other control probes to "fine tune" assays may be included in t. Example: = Consider a reagent that modulates the production associated with a particular disease state. If the previous analysis indicates that one of the relevant mRNAs in this group (ie, mRNA-A) is produced in a higher amount than the mtp, 匕, etc., such that the signal is overlaid with other mRNAs, the linker may 々-r is a child, the singer is to use the "fine-tuning" to qualify for two: = plus, to block the linker (which contains the specified - A ^ each specific oligonucleotide sequence) Dilute the sexual connection in the temple W" lacks the sensitivity of the probe-specific sequencing I. Health: thus reducing the sensitivity of the detection of his mRNA. Those skilled in the art can measure the appropriate ratio of blocker = linker to unblocked linker by conventional, conventional methods. In the other steps of the test, the specific element of the sexual element (4) of the "micro-non-active k-substrate dilution" "inactive•, target-specific explicit release ° + case and 5 'the fineness of the case m (d) heterosexual reporters with the same target-specific portion (eg, 130267.doc -60-200907067 nucleotide sequence), but no signal transduction entity or a signal transduction entity with a non-activated or inactive form As used herein, the term "signaling entity" refers to a label, label, molecule or any substance that emits a horn or is capable of producing such a signal, for example, a luminescence molecule ' luminescent enzyme or is not disclosed herein. Any of a variety of signal transduction entities. In a particularly preferred embodiment, "fine tuning" can be performed in the step of contacting the over-labeled complex with the beta connector. A set of price-measuring connectors can be designed (for example) to fine-tune the sensitivity of individual stems in the assay. For example, if a specific (4) is known to be present in the sample at an extremely high level, the labeled detection link of the standard can be diluted by an empirically-measured ''blocking detection linker'), The linker comprises a heterosexual moiety of the temple (eg, a nucleic acid-suppressing sequence), but does not include a moiety specific for the reporter reagent, or a specific component that includes a dry-specific moiety and a pre-combined reporter reagent reagent That is, it does not contain a part of the test conductor, and the part may not exist, or prevent (for example, blocking) interaction with the reported conductor reagent (such as a miscellaneous parent). This fine tuning is sometimes referred to herein as Signal "Attenuation,. The sample tested in the assay of the present invention may comprise any of the above-mentioned standard stems or otherwise. The liquid sample to be assayed may have any volume suitable for the size of the test area, which is at about (10) Nai Raise to about (10) microliters. In a preferred embodiment, #1 I + V,: & T liters of liquid is applied to 1536-well microdroplets. It can be used for a variety of high-throughput analyses. Any of the methods (such as 'by dispensing, The sample is placed in contact with the probe array based on inkjet dispensing or by using a replication needle. Conditions that are effective for up to ten other stable interactions (eg, salt concentration, 130267.doc -61 - 200907067 positive, temperature) , incubation time, etc., see above) to cultivate the sample. These conditions can be routinely determined. After incubation, the sample can be treated (eg, washed) as appropriate using empirically determined conditions to remove unbound standard bar to enable specificity. The sexual interaction remains intact, but the non-specific binding substance is removed. For example, the sample may be washed about once to ten times under the same or slightly more stringent conditions as used to achieve the probe/standard dry binding. Or more than ten times. A sample containing dry RNA (for example, lake A, rRNA, (10) A 'viral RNA or total (four)) can be prepared by any of a variety of procedures. For example, the live tissue of the mRNA to be (iv) can be cultured. The substance is applied to the surface of the surface, such as the individual wells of the microtiter plate. After obtaining the desired cell density, the cells can be subjected to &,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Agent) Depending on the assay, the reagent of interest can be used in a variety of ways (for example, by copying a needle guard (such as a 96 or 384-pin tool from Beckman), by aspiration or borrowing Inkjet dispensing) is added to the cells' and cultured with cells for any suitable period of time (eg, between (four) minute spots for about 48 hours). Conventional, well-established methods can be used (eg, commercially available kits for preparation from in vitro or in vivo sources) The total hidden, mRN A-specific extract of the tissue or cells. In one embodiment, the cells are solubilized (or infiltrated) in the presence of a hexa-nucleus-protected fragment. In the absence of other purifications of, for example, other cell components, the crude lysate is used directly (for example, in the wells of a microtiter plate). If the cell line is solubilized in the absence of a nuclease-protected fragment, such protective fragments may subsequently be added to the lysate as appropriate. 130267.doc-62-200907067 In a preferred embodiment, for example, wherein nuclease protection The fragment is detected by contacting the cell of interest (eg, a cell on the surface of a well of a microtiter plate; a tissue or a cell in an entire organism sample; or an analog thereof) with an aqueous medium (dissolving solution). Prepared, the aqueous medium comprises a surfactant or detergent (for example, from about 1% to about 5% w/v and an agent (for example, formamide (for example, about 8% 'about 60%, handsome hydrochloric acid)胍 ('J is, force 〇. 1 M-about 6 M), guanidinium isothiocyanate (for example, about 105 about 8 1^) or urea (for example, about 4% _ about 46%, ^^ or About 7 Rivers, which may act as a chaotropic agent alone or in combination with one or more other reagents. The aqueous medium may be buffered by any standard buffer. In a preferred embodiment, the buffer is about 0.5-6X SSC, more preferably about 3X SSC. As the case may be, the aqueous medium may also contain an appropriate concentration (for example, about (M-2.0 mg/ml) Preferably, the tRNA is about 〇 5. The nuclease protected fragment can also be added to the aqueous medium prior to its addition to the cells. The optimal concentration of each protected fragment can be determined empirically using conventional methods. In embodiments, the concentration of each protected fragment is from about 3 pM to about 300 pM, more preferably about 30 pM. The cells are grown in an aqueous solution until the cells become infiltrated and/or lysed, and the DNA and/or mRNA are from the cells. Release into an aqueous medium. The cells are in an aqueous medium at an empirically determinable temperature (for example, from about 37 to about 5 〇c, preferably from about 90 ° C to about 11 5 ° C). The incubation may be empirically determined (eg, from about 1 minute to about 60 minutes). For example, in one embodiment 'where DNA and RNA are released from the cell in a denatured form capable of binding to the protective fragment, The cells are cultured in an aqueous medium at a temperature of about 9 Torr to about 115 ° C, preferably about 1 〇 5 ° C, about i 130267.doc • 63 - 200907067 knives to about 60 minutes, preferably about 5 Minutes to about 2 minutes. If necessary, for example, 'when needed in the absence of RNA When the dna is checked, any one of the conventional ribonuclease enzymes can be bred. The selection of appropriate ribonuclease and the optimization of the digestion conditions are conventional and easy to be determined by skilled workers. & In another embodiment, it may be at about 9 〇 ° C to about i 〇〇, preferably about 95, in the presence of one or more protective sheets. The mRNA is prepared in an aqueous medium in a period of from about 5 minutes to about 2 minutes, preferably about 1 minute. In this case, the mRNA is substantially released from the cell in a denatured form capable of interacting with the protective fragment, and (10) is substantially internal or attached to the cell' or is not available for the probe due to its double-stranded nature, or Forms that are capable of binding to the prosthetic fragment (eg, undenatured) are released from the cell. Without wishing to be limited to any particular mechanism, it appears that as the nucleic acid self-dissolves/infiltrate the cell, it is 'sufficiently denatured to allow it to bind to the protective fragment to form a stable duplex" the duplex is resistant to endogenous or exogenous agents. Or enzymatic degradation, and proteins (eg, nucleases) within the cell are denatured and/or non-activated. After preparing the nucleic acid of interest by the above procedure, the sample can be diluted to an appropriate volume such that the aqueous medium does not inhibit exogenously added proteins (such as nucleases (eg, S1 nuclease), proteases (eg, polymerases required for pCR reactions) or The function of a binding protein (eg, streptavidin)). The amount of the diluent as described above and the identity and amount of the component to be used in the aqueous solution can be determined empirically using conventional methods. For any of the methods of the invention, the target can be detected by any of a variety of procedures well known in the art and/or described elsewhere herein (eg, for use in 130267.doc • 64. 200907067 detection of nucleic acids) The enzyme protected fragment) is labeled. For example, a target molecule can be directly or indirectly coupled to a chemical group that provides a valence signal, such as a chemiluminescent molecule, or an enzyme or fluorescent molecule that catalyzes the production of a chemiluminescent molecule (such as twilight Or cy5), or a time-lapse fluorescent molecule (such as one of the chelated lanthanide metals), or a radioactive compound. Alternatively, the target may be specifically reported to be a conductor (eg, an antibody, an oligonucleotide as shown in Figure i, or a probe and a target as described above) after it has reacted with the probe. Any of the general types of molecules described). One type of fluorescent molecule can be an "up-conversion phosphor", i.e., fluorite that absorbs and excites at long wavelengths (e.g., IR), followed by a shorter wavelength (e.g., visible light). Since the up-converting phosphor absorbs longer wavelengths than most of the latent interferents f present in a typical sample to be analyzed, the up-converting phosphor causes the material in the sample to be compared to the light absorber that absorbs the shorter wavelength. The resulting interference is reduced. The narrow emission spectrum of most upconversion phosphors also allows the simultaneous detection of a large number of different upconversion spheroids. Up-conversion phosphors are well known and well known in the art and include, for example, rare earth metal ions, such as yttrium (Yb), yttrium (Er), yttrium (Tm), especially in the form of oxysulfide salts. And 镨 (Pr)). Up to the rib species or (10) or more of the above-mentioned independently convertible upconversion type optical bodies have been described (for example, see one (10)

Agent Detection and Identification,1999年 4 月 27-30 日, DARPA, Biological Warfare Defense, Defense Sciences Office)。磷光體可視情況與任何表面(例如微球或乳膠微 珠)連接。與其他螢光標記一樣,向上轉化型磷光體可藉 由向足夠接近連接子、標靶或報導體上之標記之能量轉移 13Q267.doc -65- 200907067 (或由足夠接近連接子、標靶或報導體上之標記調節之能 里轉移)來偵測。此外,與本文中所揭示之其他信號轉導 實體—樣,向上轉化型磷光體可用於測定標靶之量,且可 用於本文中所述之多種程序之任一者中(例如來偵測核酸 辦保護片段)。 當然,向上轉化型磷光體亦可用於偵測以任何其他方式 刀布於表面上之標靶,例如,與表面直接結合之標靶(包 括核酸梅保護片段)、與表面上之不同募核皆酸之陣列直 接結合之標靶,或經由雙官能連接子與表面上之大體上平 =或以任何所需組織或形式分布之錨(不同或大體上相同) 結合之標乾。可使用任何表面,例如,—流經系統或一固 體表面(諸如微珠)。本發明之任何檢定中所用之微珠可為 =何類型’例如由任何物質製成、磁性及/或非磁性;且 單—檢定中所用之微珠可具有大體上相同或不同之尺寸及/ 或形狀。 亦可使用多種更複雜之夾層型偵測程序。舉例而言,標 靶可與含有一對該標靶具特異性之第一部分及一可由常見 (亦即相同)報導體試劑(例如,標記聚核苦酸、抗體或盆類 似物)識別之第二部分之雙官能分子雜交。該等雙官能分 子可經設計以使得任何所需數目之常見報導體可用於各檢 定中。 對於本發明之任何方法而言,可使用多種複雜夾層型偵 測程序來標記録。舉例而言,標乾可與含有一對該標靶 具特異性之第-部分及—對”報導體試劑"具肖異性之第二 130267.doc -66 - 200907067 部分之雙官能(或多官能)分子("偵測連接子”)相互作用(例 如雜交)。術語"具特異性"具有如本文中關於(例如)探針與 標乾之相互作用所用之含義。如本文中所用,術語”報導 體試劑”係指標記聚核苷酸、抗體或本文中結合探針及標 乾所述之一般類型之分子之任一者》偵測連接子之該兩個 β分可以上文結合(例如)探針及標把所述之方式之任一者 識別其各別結合搭配物(與其各別結合搭配物相互作用或 締合)。偵測連接子亦可包含其他序列’例如,對標革巴具 特異性、但不同於(與其不重疊)相應錨結合連接子之靶特 異性部分之序列。偵測連接子中存在之任何序列可充當偵 測探針或報導體試劑之識別序列。在一較佳實施例中,偵 測連接子為聚核苷酸。 偵測連接子可經設計以使得任何所需數目之常見報導體 "式μ可用於檢定中。舉例而言,一組偵測連接子可經設計 以#使得各偵測連接子對不同標靶具特異性,但包含相同 (常見)報導體試劑或有限數目之報導體試劑之一者之結合 位點。在單—檢定中使用有限數目(例如―)報導體試= 记多種標靶之能力提供減少成本及降低背景之優點。當 :’偵測連接子/報導體試劑組合可用於偵測以任何方: 二上之標乾’例如’如上文關於可由向上轉化型 磷光體偵測之標靶排列之類型所述。 P最佳實施财,仙彳連接子可經輯 ::::序期間己由來自控制,.突出序列之核㈣二 …·Μ憂先標記之方式偵測核酸酶保護片段。在此實施 130267.doc •67· 200907067 例中,偵測連接子包含一對標乾具 對常見控制突出序列具特異性二立、《弟一部分及一 例中’該偵測連接子在檢定開始時=二在-較佳實施 酶保護片段上。必要時,若在核=體上所有核酸 出序列已自核酸酶保護片段裂解,則=應期間控制突 性部分將與裂解保護片段雜交H接子之輕特異 特異性部分將不結合且將保持可用於進!=控制突出 面’若例如由於在核酸酶保護程序期:步=。另-方 化,控制突出特異性序列未自保護片段裂解70王核酸酶消 異性部分與控制突出特異性部分 交且將不可用於進—步雜交。在一較=遵片&雜 :酶保護片段及結合_連接子之複合物:;另”核 二:報:體試劑雜交,該報導體試劑包含信 (例如,螢光染料、半抗原 ㈣導實體 產生實體之任何其他分 A 可偵測信號或信號 刀子,如本文中所述)及 二之^突出特異性部分具特異性之部分(例如= 酸)。報導體試劑將優先與核酸酶保護片段之",二 列已裂解之狨笼遴人&, 徑希】大出序 異性部分可用於與報導接子之控制突出特 且對其標記。 …進-步雜交之複合物)結合 化熟習此項技術者將顯而易見爽層偵測程序之眾多其他變 可常規地確定在可有效達成結合或其他穩定相互作用 條件下可用起特異性報導體培育標把或可用報導體試用二 130267.doc -68· 200907067 月心乾Λί貞測連接子複合物之方法(參見上文)〇舉例而士, 可在介於約15°C與約45。〇之間之溫度(較佳約室溫)下用。結 CT ‘靶將螢光养核苷酸報導體(於諸如SSPE — T或其他之 緩衝液中遭度為約10 ηΜ至約i μΜ或約! _以上,較佳約 育約15分鐘至2小時或2小時以上(較佳物分鐘 至60刀釦)。在培育後,可使用憑經驗確定之條件視情況 處理(例如洗滌)樣品以移除未結合㈣異性報導體以使特 異性相互作用保持完整,但移除非特異性結合物質。舉例 而吕,可在與用於達成標靶/報導體結合相同或比其稍微 更嚴格之條件下將樣品洗滌約一次至十次或十次以上。, 用靶特異性報導體標記可向初始雜交反應提供另一特異 !·生層例如,在靶特異性寡核苷酸報導體經靶向與探針寡 核苷S文不同之靶核酸之序列部分之情況下,或探針及報導 體抗體識別標抗原之不同抗原決定基之情況下。此外, 用靶特異性報導體標記可允許,,調節”反應之靈敏性。舉例 而言,若作為相關性表現形式之部分之靶〇11〇^八係以極低 量表現,則可藉由將結合標靶與若干(例如,約兩個至約 五個或五個以上)靶特異性寡核苷酸報導體雜交來增強信 號篁(信號擴增),該等靶特異性寡核苷酸報導體之每一者 與乾mRNA之不同部分特異性雜交。 獨立地偵測兩種類型之標記之能力允許M A p s檢定中另 一類型之對照。針對特定錨定位點指定之一些(例如,約 10〇/。至約100%)連接子可具有與一端連接之標記(例如氟 石)。舉例而言,若丹明(rhodamine)或Cy5氟石可被連接在 130267.doc •69- 200907067 在端處。此等經修飾連接子稱作”對照連接子"。 ^連接子與對料接子u合物6與料合 =與所得探針陣列一起培育之後,可使用帶=氟 把特里^ 或另叫貞測標記(諸如化學發光標記))之 ?、"民導體(或標把可經氟石或其他價測標記直接標 二’且可測定兩種信號之比率。對照連接子之存在允許 ^測試區域内及測試區域之間功能性錯(例如,能夠與 、接子相互作用之錫)之數目(亦即出於正規化信號之目的 賴陣列之各位點結合標乾之能力),充當量化結合標無 之ϊ之基礎,有助於定位錨位點及/或提供陽性對照,例 如,在由於樣品中不存在標靶而不存在信號之情況下。在 本發明之一實施例中,兩種不同標記(例如螢光團)亦可用 於债測兩種不同群體之把分子n藉由信號之空間解 析度來識別標靶存在之能力允許對不同靶分子使用單一類 型之標記。 、 獨立地偵測標記(例如,以可區別波長發射之螢光標記 (諸如螢光素及若丹明),或不同向上轉化型磷光體)之能力 允許本發明方法之其他彈性。舉例而言,兩種或兩種以上 標乾之每一者可經其自身、獨特可偵測標記直接或間接標 記。除例如鑑別表面上定位標靶之位置或藉由標靶所定位 之微珠之尺寸鐘別標把之外(或取而代之),此允許基於對 標靶具特異性之特徵(例如發射之顏色)來偵測標靶。在本 發明之另一實施例中,可在區域内之單一位點處獨立地偵 測標靶之多重性。舉例而言,可在由單一群(大體上相同) 130267.doc •70· 200907067 錯限定之位點處偵測兩個或兩個 5、6個或6個以上亦即,可使用_ 2、3、4、 二具特異性,異性部分 分。若使用-組(例…此等 合,允气Λ ^ ^ 點處與該組錨之成員結 口允Μ被位點處結合四個不同標乾。料等標乾之每 -者經不同之可區別標記(直接或間接)標 可獨立地測定該位點處四個標乾之每一者之存在研= 區域中(例如)五個錨(一組錯)之陣列可用於上述情況下以 偵測多達20個不同標靶。類 (並非在單—位點,但均勻分布,戈二類型之錫分布 不或以任何所需方式)於固 =面(諸如,微珠或流經裝置)上時,可獨立地制複數 :_如,多達80個或8〇個以上);且其他態樣(諸如微 珠尺寸或散射)可用於提供關於標乾性質或標托群之資 訊。 具有不同標靶特異性之多個連接子(例如在約兩個至約 5〇個或50個以上之範圍内)與肖定位點處之錯(一組大體上 相同錨或”混合位點")(在本文中有時稱作,,混合連接子")之 締合形成本發明之其他實施例之基礎,其將為熟習此項技 術者顯而易見。舉例而言,在特定位點處錨可與對複數個 不同保護片段具特異性之連接子之混合物結合,其每一者 對應於所關注核酸(例如mRNA)之不同部分(對所關注核酸 (例如mRNA)之不同部分具特異性)。在一位點處存在此等 複數個不同連接子使得偵測所關注標靶(例如mRNA)(例 130267.doc 71 200907067 如,以低豐度存在於樣品中之標乾)之靈敏性顯著增大。 各位點可經設計以使得對應於指定彼位點之邮财之不同 部分的連接子數與樣品中彼mRNA之豐度成反比(以可憑經 驗確定之方式)。舉例而言,若發現在初步實驗中一所關 、RNA以比第—所關注mRNA大量過量之方式存在於樣 品中’則對應於兩種mRN^不同部分之連接子的相對數 目可經調節以使得對應於各mRNA2信號之相對強度大體 上相同。亦即,信號強度可經調節以一 顧之信號不覆蓋對應於第一之信號:以:方 式’:調節檢定以允許同時偵測以廣泛不同量存在於樣品 中之複數個mRNA,平衡對應於各mRNA之信號強度。 在本發明之另一實施例中,如上所述,特定位點可包含 對複數個不相關或不同標乾或保護片段具特異性之連接 八允許用單一錫陣列偵測極大增加數目之標乾或保護 片奴。舉例而言,若35〇個錨之陣列之各位點包含對1〇個 不同標靶具特異性之連接子,則該陣列可用於偵測多達 心乾實際上,此排列允許將可偵測低密度標乾之 陣列轉化為可偵測高密度標靶之陣列。 可(例如)使用本申請案種他處所述之偵測方法依次或同 守偵測在單一位點處結合之多個分子(例如保護片段)。(關 於偵測連接子,,及”報導體試劑,,之論述,例如參見上文關 ;>Λ雜夹層型偵測方法之部分)。在一實施例中,例如用 第一偵測系統(例如,偵測連接子/報導體試劑,或對其具 特異眭之偵測探針)偵測特定位點處之第一標靶(例如保護 130267.doc •72- 200907067 片段);隨後使用習知程序(例如 產生化學發光信號之酶 改變PH值以非活化包含 第一俏m & 導體试劑)來移除或非活化該 弟偵測連接子/報導體試劑 用對第二標乾具特異性之第二\貞^;且在相同位點處使 價測探針㈣㈣第二“ #接子/報導體試劑或 環。力里^ 寻寺,按需要進行多個循 -在另-實施例中,該第, ^ .'i,| 4^ λ- _ 疋按于/報導體試劑或 偵測铋針經添加至如上所述之組〃 'θιΙ -7 甲仁其在添加第二债 測連接子/報導體試劑或偵測 朴.L ^ 木計之别未經移除或非活 1在此實施例中’可藉由減去對應於第-標輕之信號量 :測定對應於第二標把之信號量。在另一實施例中,第一 子/報導體試劑或侦測探針與第二侦測連接子/報 t劑或债測探針係大體上同時添加至如上所述之组合 n(例如)使用如本文中他處所述之差示可偵測標藏 個別偵測。在本文中所述债測方法之任一者中债測連接 子:包含對相同或不同報導體試劑具特異性之部分。舉例 而言’若四個標革巴與特定位點處之連接子締合,則對該四 個標乾之每一者具特異性之價測連接子可各自包含對不同 報導體試劑具特異性之部分。因此,在該组所有四個僧測 連接子與標革巴雜交後,可使用四種不同報導體試劑如上所 述依次或同時偵測標靶。熟習此項技術者將顯而易見其他 偵測方法以及上述方法之組合。 當然,"混合連接子"亦有利於使用在含有單一(非重複) 區域之表面中。 在本發明之另一實施例中,對一或多個所關注標靶具特 130267.doc • 73- 200907067 異性之錨"未與連接子締合,而係與該或該等標靶直接締 合;該或該等標靶轉而可視情況與一或多個偵測連接子或 一或多個福測探針相互作用。 可藉由此項技術中常規且習知之多種程序中之任一者偵 測經標圮或未標記之標靶(例如參見F〇d〇r等人,(1996), 美國專利第5,510,270號;Pirrung等人,(1992),美國專利 第 5,143,854號;K〇ster (1997),美國專利第 5 6〇5 79 於· _等人,⑽7)美國專利第5,653,9㈣;Hlr (1996) ’美國專利第5,565,322號;如⑽等人⑽7), 美國專利第 5,670,322 號;Lipshutz 等人,(1995)Agent Detection and Identification, April 27-30, 1999, DARPA, Biological Warfare Defense, Defense Sciences Office). The phosphor can optionally be attached to any surface such as microspheres or latex beads. Like other fluorescent markers, up-converting phosphors can be transferred by energy to a label that is close enough to the linker, target, or reporter conductor. 13Q267.doc -65- 200907067 (or close enough to the linker, target, or The detection of the mark on the conductor can be transferred to detect. Furthermore, as with other signal transduction entities disclosed herein, up-converting phosphors can be used to determine the amount of target and can be used in any of the various procedures described herein (eg, to detect nucleic acids). Do a protection clip). Of course, up-converting phosphors can also be used to detect targets that are knife-coated on the surface in any other way, for example, targets that directly bind to the surface (including nucleic acid-protected fragments), and differently on the surface. The target of the acid is directly bound to the target, or via a bifunctional linker to the surface of the probe that is substantially flat = or anchored (different or substantially identical) in any desired tissue or form. Any surface can be used, for example, through a system or a solid surface (such as microbeads). The microbeads used in any of the assays of the invention may be of any type, such as made of any material, magnetic and/or non-magnetic; and the microbeads used in the mono-assay may have substantially the same or different sizes and/or Or shape. A variety of more complex sandwich detection procedures are also available. For example, the target can be associated with a first portion that is specific for a pair of the target and a first (ie, the same) reporter reagent (eg, labeled polynucleotide, antibody, or pot analog) The two parts of the bifunctional molecule hybridize. The difunctional molecules can be designed such that any desired number of common reporter conductors are available for use in each assay. For any of the methods of the present invention, a variety of complex sandwich type detection programs can be used for labeling. For example, the stem can be bifunctional (or more) with a portion of the first part that is specific to the target and a pair of "reporter reagents" "the second 130267.doc-66 - 200907067 Functional) molecules ("detect linkers)) interact (eg, hybridize). The term "specific" has the meaning as used herein with respect to, for example, the interaction of a probe with a stem. As used herein, the term "conductor reagent" refers to any one of a marker polynucleotide, an antibody, or a molecule of the general type described herein, and a probe of the general type described herein. The sub-sets can be identified by any of the methods described above, for example, in conjunction with the probes and the labels (interacting or associating with their respective binding partners). The detection linker may also comprise other sequences', e.g., sequences specific for the target, but different from (without overlapping with) the target specific portion of the corresponding anchor binding linker. Any sequence present in the detection linker can serve as a recognition sequence for the detection probe or reporter reagent. In a preferred embodiment, the detection linker is a polynucleotide. The detection linker can be designed such that any desired number of common conductors "-type μ can be used in the assay. For example, a set of detection linkers can be designed such that each detection linker is specific for a different target, but contains a combination of the same (common) reported conductor reagent or a limited number of reported conductor reagents. Site. The ability to use a limited number (eg, ") to report multiple conductors in a single-test provides the advantage of reduced cost and reduced background. When the :' detection linker/reporter reagent combination can be used to detect any of the two: the standard dryness 'e.g. as described above with respect to the type of target arrangement detectable by the up-conversion type phosphor. The best implementation of P, the 彳 彳 linker can be edited :::: procedural period has been detected by the nuclease protection fragment from the control, the highlight of the sequence of the nuclear (four) two ... Μ 先 first mark. In this example, 130267.doc •67· 200907067, the detection linker contains a pair of standard dryware that is specific to the common control protrusion sequence, and in the "part of the case and in the case of the case, the detection linker is at the beginning of the test. = two on - preferred enzyme-protected fragments. If necessary, if all of the nucleic acid out sequences on the nucleus = cleavage have been cleaved from the nuclease-protected fragment, then = the control part of the blunt-protected fragment will hybridize to the cleavage-protected fragment. The light-specific portion of the H-linker will not bind and will remain Can be used to enter! = control the protruding surface 'if for example due to the nuclease protection program period: step =. In addition, the control of the salient-specific sequence is not self-protected. The cleavage of the 70-nuclease nuclease moiety is incompatible with the control of the specificity and will not be used for further hybridization. In a comparison = compliant & heterozygous: enzyme-protected fragment and binding _ linker complex:; another "nucleus two: reported: body reagent hybridization, the reporter reagent contains a letter (for example, fluorescent dye, hapten (four) The conducting entity produces any other A-detectable signal or signal knives of the entity, as described herein, and the specific portion of the singular-specific portion (eg, acid). The reporter reagent will preferentially interact with the nuclease. The protected fragment ", the two columns of the cleavage of the 遴 遴 &&; 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 大 大 】 】 】 大 大 大 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 】 大 大It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that many other variations of the refreshing detection procedure can be routinely determined to be useful for achieving binding or other stable interaction conditions for the use of specific reporter conductors or for the use of conductors. .doc -68· 200907067 月心干ΛΛ The method of measuring the linker complex (see above) 〇 Example, can be between about 15 ° C and about 45 ° ( (preferably about room Use under temperature). CT' target will be firefly Phototrophic nucleotide reporter (in a buffer such as SSPE-T or other buffers having a degree of about 10 Μ Μ to about i μ Μ or about ! _ above, preferably about 15 minutes to 2 hours or more) Preferably, the minute is up to 60 knives.) After incubation, the sample can be treated (eg, washed) as appropriate using empirically determined conditions to remove unbound (tetra) heterosexual reporters to keep the specific interaction intact, but removed Non-specific binding substance. For example, the sample may be washed about once to ten times or more than the same or slightly more stringent than the target/reporter binding. Reporting the conductor label can provide another specificity to the initial hybridization reaction! · The biolayer, for example, in the case where the target-specific oligonucleotide reporter is targeted to the sequence portion of the target nucleic acid different from the probe oligonucleoside S, Or, in the case where the probe and the reporter antibody recognize different antigenic epitopes of the target antigen, in addition, the target-specific reporter label allows, and adjusts, the sensitivity of the reaction. For example, if it is a correlation expression Partial Targets are expressed in very low amounts and can be enhanced by hybridizing a binding target to several (eg, about two to about five or more) target-specific oligonucleotide reporter conductors. Signal 篁 (signal amplification), each of the target-specific oligonucleotide reporters specifically hybridizes to a different portion of the dry mRNA. The ability to independently detect two types of labels allows for another MA ps assay One type of control. Some of the linkers specified for a particular anchor site (eg, about 10 〇/. to about 100%) may have a label attached to one end (eg, fluorspar). For example, rhodamine (rhodamine) ) or Cy5 fluorspar can be attached at 130267.doc •69- 200907067 at the end. Such modified linkers are referred to as "control linkers". ^Linker and counter linker conjugate 6 and merging = after incubation with the resulting probe array, band = fluorine can be used to terry ^ or Another called the speculative mark (such as chemiluminescent mark)), " civilian conductor (or the standard can be directly labeled by fluorite or other price tag two and can determine the ratio of the two signals. The existence of the control linker Allowing the number of functional errors (eg, tin that can interact with the contacts) within the test area and between the test areas (ie, the ability of the array to combine the stems for the purpose of normalizing the signal), Acting as a basis for quantifying the binding identity helps to locate the anchor site and/or provide a positive control, for example, in the absence of a signal due to the absence of a target in the sample. In one embodiment of the invention Two different labels (eg, fluorophores) can also be used to test two different groups of molecules. The ability of a molecule to recognize the presence of a target by the spatial resolution of the signal allows the use of a single type of label for different target molecules. Independent investigation The ability of a label (eg, a fluorescent label (such as luciferin and rhodamine) that emits at a distinguishable wavelength, or a different up-converting phosphor) allows for other flexibility of the method of the invention. For example, two or two Each of the above standard stems may be directly or indirectly labeled by its own, unique detectable label, except for example, to identify the position of the target on the surface or the size of the bead positioned by the target. Externally (or instead), this allows detection of the target based on features specific to the target, such as the color of the emission. In another embodiment of the invention, it can be independently at a single site within the region Detecting the multiplicity of the target. For example, two or two 5, 6 or more can be detected at a site defined by a single group (substantially identical) 130267.doc • 70· 200907067 That is, you can use _ 2, 3, 4, two specificity, and the part of the opposite sex. If you use the - group (for example, this combination, the gas is at the ^ ^ point and the member of the group of anchors is allowed to be Combine four different standard dryness at the site. The distinguishable label (direct or indirect) label can independently determine the presence of each of the four labels at the site. In the region, for example, an array of five anchors (a set of errors) can be used in the above case. To detect up to 20 different targets. Classes (not in a single-site, but evenly distributed, the Ge type of tin distribution is not in any desired manner) on a solid surface (such as microbeads or flow through) On the device), the number can be independently produced: _ eg, up to 80 or more than 8); and other aspects (such as bead size or scattering) can be used to provide information about the nature of the stem or the target group Multiple linkers with different target specificities (eg, in the range of about two to about 5 or more) and errors at the locating point (a set of substantially identical anchors or "mixed sites" The association of ") (sometimes referred to herein, hybrid linker") forms the basis of other embodiments of the invention, which will be apparent to those skilled in the art. For example, an anchor at a particular locus can be combined with a mixture of linkers specific for a plurality of different guard fragments, each of which corresponds to a different portion of the nucleic acid of interest (eg, mRNA) (for the nucleic acid of interest ( For example, different parts of mRNA are specific). The presence of such multiple different linkers at a single point allows for a significant increase in the sensitivity of detecting a target of interest (eg, mRNA) (eg, 130267.doc 71 200907067, eg, a low abundance in the sample) Big. Each point can be designed such that the number of linkers corresponding to different portions of the postal money specifying the site is inversely proportional to the abundance of the mRNA in the sample (in a manner that can be determined empirically). For example, if it is found that in a preliminary experiment, RNA is present in the sample in a manner that is excessively large in excess of the mRNA of interest - then the relative number of linkers corresponding to the different portions of the two mRNs can be adjusted. The relative intensities corresponding to the respective mRNA2 signals are made substantially identical. That is, the signal strength can be adjusted such that the signal does not cover the signal corresponding to the first: in a manner of: adjusting the assay to allow simultaneous detection of a plurality of mRNAs present in the sample in widely varying amounts, the balance corresponding to each The signal intensity of mRNA. In another embodiment of the invention, as described above, a particular site may comprise a plurality of unrelated or different stem or guard segments specific for the connection eight to allow detection of a greatly increased number of stems with a single tin array Or protect the slaves. For example, if each of the 35 锚 anchor arrays contains a linker specific to one or more different targets, the array can be used to detect as many stems as possible, and the arrangement allows detection to be detectable. The array of low density standard stems is converted into an array that detects high density targets. Multiple molecules (e.g., protective fragments) that bind at a single site can be detected, for example, sequentially or in parallel using the detection methods described elsewhere in this application. (For a detection of a linker, and a report of a conductor reagent, for example, see above; > part of a noisy sandwich type detection method.) In one embodiment, for example, with a first detection The system (eg, detecting a linker/reporter reagent, or a detection probe specific for it) detects a first target at a particular site (eg, protection 130267.doc • 72-200907067 fragment); Use a conventional procedure (eg, an enzyme that produces a chemiluminescent signal to change the pH to non-activate the first beauty and a conductor reagent) to remove or deactivate the younger detect linker/reporter reagent to the second target Dry the specific second 贞^; and at the same site, make the price probe (4) (four) the second "# 接 / report conductor reagent or ring. Lili ^ Find the temple, perform multiple cycles as needed - in another embodiment, the first, ^ .'i,| 4^ λ- _ 疋 press / report conductor reagent or detect 铋 needle added to The group 〃 'θιΙ -7 甲仁 is added to the second debt test link / reported conductor reagent or detected Park. L ^ wood meter is not removed or not live 1 in this embodiment By subtracting the amount of signal corresponding to the first-standard light: the amount of signal corresponding to the second target is determined. In another embodiment, the first sub-reporter reagent or detection probe is added to the second detection link/reporter or the debt detection probe substantially simultaneously to the combination n as described above (for example) The differential detection can be used to detect individual detections as described elsewhere herein. In any of the methods of debt testing described herein, the debt test linker comprises a portion that is specific for the same or different reporter reagents. For example, if four standard stalks are associated with a linker at a particular site, the valence linkers specific for each of the four standard stems may each contain a specific reagent for the different reporters. Part of sex. Thus, after all four of the tethered linkers in the set have been crossed with the standard bar, four different reporter reagents can be used to detect the target sequentially or simultaneously as described above. Other detection methods and combinations of the above methods will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Of course, the "hybrid linker" is also advantageous for use in surfaces that contain a single (non-repeating) area. In another embodiment of the present invention, the one or more targets of interest are specifically 130267.doc • 73- 200907067. The anchor of the opposite sex is not associated with the linker and is directly associated with the target or the target. The target or the target may in turn interact with one or more detection linkers or one or more assay probes. Targeted or unlabeled targets can be detected by any of a variety of conventional and conventional procedures in the art (see, for example, F〇d〇r et al., (1996), U.S. Patent No. 5,510,270; Pirrung et al., (1992), U.S. Patent No. 5,143,854; K〇ster (1997), U.S. Patent No. 5,6,579, U.S., et al., (10)7) U.S. Patent No. 5,653,9 (d); Hlr (1996) U.S. Patent No. 5,565,322; (10) et al. (10) 7), U.S. Patent No. 5,670,322; Lipshutz et al., (1995)

BioTechniques 19, 442-447 ; Southern (1996). Trends in Genetics !2, 11(Μ15)Μ貞測方法包括基於酶之读測、比色 法、SPA、自動放射照相法、質譜、電學方法、债測吸光 率或發光(包括化學發光或電致發光)及自(例如)用作標籤 之顯微粒子偵測光散射。此外,可(例如)藉由用電荷耦合 設備(CCD)或螢光顯微鏡術(例如,掃 中畑及共焦螢光顯微鏡 術)成像,或藉由將掃描系統與CCD陣列或光電倍增管搞 接,或藉由使用基於陣列之偵測技術(例如,可偵試 區域之各個1 〇微米部分之表面電 电 次右可使得解析度足 夠南,則可使用表面電漿共振)來偵測螢光標記。或者, 陣列可含有標記(例如,一對能量轉移探針中之一^,諸 如螢光素及若丹明),其可藉由向連接 … 十 軚乾或報導體 上之標記之能量轉移(或由連接子、標乾或報導體上之標 記調節)來偵測。諸多基於螢光之 j糸統中有螢光強 130267.doc •74· 200907067 度螢光偏轉(FP)、時差式勞光、營光共振能量轉移及均 勻時間釋放型答本 束疋(Homogeneous time-released fluorescence ; HTRF)。可藉由圖案識別(藉由各特異性標記標靶相對於其 他點或線之位置來找出各特異性標記標輕之適當點或線) 來實現重複條碼狀圖案之分析,接著量化標記之強度。用 於刀析維或一維陣列之條碼識別設備及電腦軟體係常規 產生及/或市售(例如參見Rava等人,(丨996),美國專利第 5,545,531號)。 可用於伯測之另—方法為2_光子螢光,其包括藉由與陣 列表面緊密結合(例如藉由與上面形成有陣列之基質緊密 ^置或藉由與包括於錫或連接子中或以其他方式併入結合 複合物中之其他試劑緊密並置)來增強與該陣列表面結合 之組份之内源性或接合登弁染祖 〜筻尤木枓的螢光之應用。其他螢光BioTechniques 19, 442-447 ; Southern (1996). Trends in Genetics !2, 11 (Μ15) Methods of detection include enzyme-based reading, colorimetry, SPA, automated radiography, mass spectrometry, electrical methods, debt Absorbance or luminescence (including chemiluminescence or electroluminescence) and detection of light scattering from, for example, microparticles used as labels. In addition, it can be imaged, for example, by charge coupled device (CCD) or fluorescent microscopy (eg, scanning and confocal fluorescence microscopy), or by attaching a scanning system to a CCD array or photomultiplier tube, or Fluorescent markers can be detected by using array-based detection techniques (eg, the surface electrical power of each of the 1 〇 micron portions of the detectable region can be made sufficiently south, the surface plasma resonance can be used). Alternatively, the array may contain a label (eg, one of a pair of energy transfer probes, such as luciferin and rhodamine), which can be transferred by energy to the label of the tenth dry or reported conductor ( It can be detected by the linker, the stem or the mark on the conductor. Many fluorescent-based ray systems have fluorescence intensity 130267.doc •74· 200907067 degree fluorescence deflection (FP), jet lag, camping light resonance energy transfer and uniform time release type H 疋 (Homogeneous time -released fluorescence ; HTRF). The analysis of the repeated bar code pattern can be achieved by pattern recognition (by finding the appropriate point or line of each specific mark mark relative to the position of other points or lines with respect to other specific points or lines), and then quantizing the mark strength. Bar code recognition devices and computer software systems for knife resolution or one-dimensional arrays are conventionally produced and/or commercially available (see, for example, Rava et al., (丨 996), U.S. Patent No. 5,545,531). Another method that can be used for home detection is 2_photon fluorescence, which includes by intimately bonding to the surface of the array (eg, by being closely attached to the substrate on which the array is formed or by being included in tin or a linker or The use of other components in the binding complex to be intimately juxtaposed to enhance the endogenous nature of the components bound to the surface of the array or to bind the fluorescent light of the scorpion scorpion 筻 筻 枓 枓 。. Other fluorescent

方法或效用包括壽命螢井、值J ρ赏亢偏振、能量轉移等。舉例而 δ ’ 3亥等方法允許同時伯消丨曰ρ八上η T u t彳貝劂且區分相同位點内之多個標Methods or utilities include lifespans, values, polarization, energy transfer, and the like. For example, the method of δ ′ 3 Hai allows simultaneous 丨曰 八 八 上 η T u t彳 劂 and distinguishes multiple targets within the same site.

靶’且在一些情況下可區分纟士人炉 T 刀、'口 σ知§己與未結合標記,其消 除將未結合標記自陣列洗屮夕+西 m 平j无出之而要,且因此有助於藉由陣 列迅速測量可逆或弱相互作用。 製造且使用本發明之陣列之方、本盔。们 干Κ万/去為热知且習知之技術, 其包括製備諸如本文中所述之砉 丁叮4之表面或區域;合成或純化且 連接或裝配諸如本文中所述之钽、、*社^ Α I乙知連接子、探針及偵測探 針之物質;以及偵測及分析如本文中 +人τ所述之標記物質。除The target 'and in some cases can distinguish between the gentleman's furnace T knife, the 'mouth' and the unbonded mark, which eliminates the unbound mark from the array wash and the west m flat j, and This helps to quickly measure reversible or weak interactions by the array. The helmet of the present invention is manufactured and used. They are well-known and well-known techniques, including the preparation of surfaces or regions such as the described 砉丁叮4; synthetic or purified and linked or assembled such as 钽,,*, as described herein. ^ Α I know the linker, the probe and the substance that detects the probe; and detect and analyze the labeled substance as described in + human τ herein. except

上文所引用之參考文獻中所揭示之t i /, A 1狗不之方法外,例如參見,受 讓於 Affymax、Affymetrix、Nan〇gen、pr〇t〇gene、 130267.doc -75- 200907067For example, reference to the method of t i /, A 1 dog disclosed in the above cited references, for example, is assigned to Affymax, Affymetrix, Nan〇gen, pr〇t〇gene, 130267.doc -75- 200907067

Spectragen、Millipore及Beckman之專利(可自其獲得適用 於本發明之產品);分子生物學及蛋白質科學之標準教 程’其包括上文所引用者;及C〇zette等人,(1991),美國 專利 5,063,081 ; Southern (1996),Current Opinion inPatents of Spectragen, Millipore and Beckman from which products suitable for use in the present invention are available; standard tutorials in molecular biology and protein sciences, including those cited above; and C〇zette et al., (1991), USA Patent 5,063,081; Southern (1996), Current Opinion in

Biotechnology 7, 85_88 ; Chee等人,(1996) Science 274, 610-614 ;及 Fodor等人,(1993). Nature 364, 555-556。 【實施方式】 因為當結合隨附圖式考慮時本發明之各種特徵及附帶優 點變得更好理解’因此能更充分地理解本發明之該等特徵 及附帶優點中在所有的若干圖中,同樣的參考符號表 示相同或類似部分。 使用核酸酶保護檢定測試固定組織(例如福馬林固定、 石蟻包埋福馬林固定或Preservcyte保存液固定、醇基固定 劑)物質,但可使用利用雜交或結合探針結合於㈣核芽 酸且隨後以定量方式回收之任何檢定。此外,熟習此項技 術者可構想測量交聯募核皆酸之方法,其中探針係生物合 成產生。只要革巴寡核普酸不過度降解,任何類型 均可用作樣品物質。 &amp;則 酸)為及展自組織提取之寡核*酸(推定為交聯寡核* =將上主液1 之寡核苦酸之測量,將樣品溶解且隨後離 各邻八中與小球分離且隨後將核醆酶保護探針添加至 &gt; / 且错由下文所述之方案將其分別處理。將此产 疋稱作定量核酸酶保護檢定(N 欢 )彳―可使用能使所產生 130267.doc -76- 200907067 探針與乾券核苦酸分離且進行測量之其他雜交及生物合 成方去。此檢定之示意圖呈示於圖1中。 一般實驗方案 來自福馬林固定組織之粒狀溶菌液對上清液之分析。將 樣品溶解,離心且隨後與匹配冷凍樣品相比對小球及上清 液進行測量。核酸酶保護檢定測量總RNA,而不考慮其是 否與小球締合且並非自溶菌液(交聯)或自組織提取之上清 液(可溶)提取。因此核酸酶保護探針/靶寡核苷酸雙鏈體雜 合物出現於小球内。圖A圖示一樣品,圖B圖示另一樣 ,其表明上清液對小球中寡核苷酸之比率可隨樣品不同 而改變’ 1¾此方法II由測量兩個池來測量樣口口口中之總寡核 苷酸。 彌〉哭性大B細胞淋巴瘤之新舊石蠟塊之間的相關性。自 已保存18年之固定樣品與由在18年前原始樣品經固定時冷 康之組織塊製備之新鮮固定樣品獲得數量上相同之結果。 將資料針對管家基因正規化且隨後作圖以測定18年固定與 新鮮固定測量結果之間的R2相關係數。 使用彌义性大B細胞淋巴瘤細胞來驗證自固定、新鮮及 冷^織測得數量上相同之基因表現量。將細胞小球在溶 解之前冷;東於QCT中,或直接溶解為新鮮樣品形式,或經 石蠟包埋且固定且隨後溶解。使用資料(針對管家基因正 規化)之逐對比較來測定固定樣品對新鮮樣品、固定樣品 對冷來樣品及冷;東樣品對新鮮樣品之間的汉2相關係數。因 此*刀析群體日寺,無論樣品如何經測試(新鮮、冷;東或 130267.doc -77- 200907067 其是否經固定且經石蠟包埋),結果幾乎相同。 靶寡核苷酸之特異性測量。RNA酶及DNA酶實驗證實 ArrayPlate係债測RNA,而非DNA。將經石躐包埋福馬林 固定之組織溶解且在95°C下變性,且隨後分為個別樣品, 隨後將其用DNA酶、RNA酶或緩衝液處理。在此處理後, 將樣品經受熱變性以破壞DNA酶及RNA酶,且隨後添加核 酸酶保護探針且進行核酸酶保護方案。影像證實未經處理 之樣品與經DNA酶處理樣品之間的相同結果,及由RNA酶 處理產生之信號之總損失,從而證實使用此方案自固定組 織特異性測量RNA。Biotechnology 7, 85_88; Chee et al, (1996) Science 274, 610-614; and Fodor et al, (1993). Nature 364, 555-556. The various features and attendant advantages of the present invention will become more fully understood from the <RTIgt; The same reference symbols indicate the same or similar parts. A nuclease protection assay is used to test for fixed tissue (eg, formalin-fixed, stone-embedded formalin-fixed or Preservcyte preservation solution, alcohol-based fixative), but may be bound to (iv) nuclear phytic acid using hybridization or binding probes. Any tests that are subsequently recovered in a quantitative manner. In addition, those skilled in the art can envision a method of measuring cross-linking nucleoside acid, wherein the probe is biosynthetically produced. Any type can be used as the sample material as long as the oligonucleotide is not excessively degraded. &acid is the oligonuclear acid extracted from the tissue (presumed to be cross-linked oligo nuclei * = the measurement of the oligo-nucleic acid of the upper main solution 1 , the sample is dissolved and then separated from each other The ball is separated and then the nuclear chymase protection probe is added to &gt; / and the error is treated separately by the protocol described below. This sputum is called a quantitative nuclease protection assay (N Huan) 彳 - can be used The resulting 130267.doc -76- 200907067 probe is separated from the dry nucleus and the other hybridization and biosynthesis measurements are taken. The schematic diagram of this assay is shown in Figure 1. The general experimental protocol is from the granule of the formalin fixed tissue. Analysis of the supernatant by lysing the lysate. Dissolve the sample, centrifuge and then measure the pellet and supernatant compared to the matched frozen sample. The nuclease protection assay measures total RNA regardless of whether it is associated with the globule It is not extracted from the autolyzed bacterial solution (crosslinking) or self-organized extraction supernatant (soluble). Therefore, the nuclease protection probe/target oligonucleotide duplex hybrid appears in the globule. A sample is shown, and Figure B shows another example, which shows the supernatant. The ratio of oligonucleotides in the pellet can vary from sample to sample. 13 This method II measures two total pools to measure total oligonucleotides in the mouth of the sample. Mi> New in crying large B-cell lymphoma Correlation between old paraffin blocks. The fixed samples that have been stored for 18 years have the same number of results as the fresh fixed samples prepared from the tissue blocks that were frozen when the original samples were fixed 18 years ago. And then plotted to determine the R2 correlation coefficient between the 18-year fixed and fresh fixation measurements. The use of migraine large B-cell lymphoma cells to verify the number of identical gene expressions measured by self-fixation, fresh, and cold-weaving Cell pellets are cold before dissolution; either in QCT, or directly dissolved in fresh sample form, or embedded in paraffin and fixed and subsequently dissolved. The use of data (for housekeeping gene normalization) by pairwise comparison to determine the fixation Samples for fresh samples, fixed samples for cold samples and cold; East samples for fresh samples between Han 2 correlation coefficients. Therefore * knife group group of Japanese temples, no matter how the sample is tested (fresh , cold; East or 130267.doc -77- 200907067 whether it is fixed and paraffin-embedded, the results are almost the same. Target oligonucleotide specific measurement. RNase and DNase experiments confirmed ArrayPlate debt test RNA, Instead of DNA, the tissue that has been fixed by Dendrobium in the Dendrobium is dissolved and denatured at 95 ° C, and then divided into individual samples, which are then treated with DNase, RNase or buffer. After this treatment, The sample is subjected to thermal denaturation to destroy DNase and RNase, and then a nuclease protection probe is added and a nuclease protection protocol is performed. The image confirms the same result between the untreated sample and the DNase treated sample, and is performed by RNA The total loss of signal produced by the enzyme treatment confirms the specific measurement of RNA from the fixed tissue using this protocol.

ArrayPlate qNPA核酸酶保護檢定及免疫組織化學之結果 之比較。特定實例為核酸酶保護檢定,且更特定言之為定 量核酸酶保護檢定。描述核酸酶保護探針與可與組織交聯 之RNA以及可溶RNA之雜交。用S 1處理破壞未雜交探針, 將探針降至與靶寡核苷酸(交聯寡核苷酸與可溶之寡核苷 酸)之量成比例之化學計量量。在加熱下添加驗使核酸酶 保護探針自寡核苷酸模板及組織釋放,使其可以經程式化 ArrayPlate測量。如方法中更詳細描述,以標準方式實施 方案之其餘部分。將大鼠肝切成兩半,且將一半冷凍,將 另一半固定於福馬林中。將冷凍組織稱重,溶解且隨後對 各測試樣品進行稀釋。將固定塊切為5微米切片,且以每 樣品2個薄片、1個薄片、%個薄片或%個薄片之形式測試 該等切片。使用測量RNA之核酸酶保護檢定來進行測量。 指示所測量基因。藉由計算各基因之%CV及所有基因之平 130267.doc -78- 200907067 均%cv來評估測量結果之再現性。 自hpv陽性個體收集陰道抹片且保存於Preservcyte中。 由PAP塗片及雜合物俘獲測試來進行陽性診斷。設計 陣列來測量宿主RNA、病毒RNA及病毒DNA。使用與基因 之未轉錄部分中之序列雜交之探針來測量病毒DNA。重複 測試樣品(n=8)且資料未針對管家基因正規化。將彌漫性 大B細胞淋巴瘤組織實驗中測量之基因列於此表中。對於 所示圖而言,使用陣列。 當彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤(DLBCL)稱作DB細胞株 (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA)時,其 為MHC II陰性DLBCL細胞株,或DB轉染物DB-CIITA-3.1,其包括誘導包括 HLA-DRA、HLA-DRB、HLA-DPA及 HLA-DQA之主要組織相容性II級基因之表現的CIITA表現 載體(Glinsmann-Gibson,2006)。將細胞於具有10%胎牛血 清之RPMI中生長至每毫升4百萬個之密度。將16百萬個細 胞離心以產生細胞小球,將其1)藉由經受於福馬林中固定 4小時’於TissueTek儀器上常規隔夜組織處理且石堪包埋 而製成福馬林固定石蠟包埋(FFPE)物質,或2)藉由在具有 或不具有包埋介質之情況下於異戊烷中驟冷之液氮中瞬間 冷凍而製成瞬間冷凍物質(最佳切割溫度或OCT,Sakura Finetechnieal Co,Torrance,CA)。將大鼠肝類似冷凍或製 備為FFPE物質。 用於測試ArrayPlate效能之FFPE臨床組織包括1個良性淋 巴結(反應性卵泡增生)及2個DLBCL (1為中心母細胞性,1 130267.doc •79- 200907067 為免疫母細胞性),其中不存在多個瞬間冷凍塊與ffpe 塊。藉由解珠至冰冷自1989年之良性淋巴組織之先前瞬間 冷珠塊產生新FFPE%,隨後將其立即固定於4%福馬林中 且如下所述進行處理。將組織固定為約5x5x5 份。 將冷凍切片及FFPE切片切為約5微米厚度。對於核酸酶 保護檢定而言,將樣品置於HTG溶解緩衝液(25微升/切片) 中,簡單渦旋,在95°C下加熱1〇分鐘,簡單再渦旋,且隨 後在-70°C下冷凍直至分析。 先前已描述ArrayPlate核酸酶保護檢定(Martel,2〇〇2)。 簡5之,在細胞或組織已藉由加熱於如上所述之緩衝 液中溶解、變性且滲透之後,測試冷凍樣品。然而,其亦 可在溶解後立即測試,且探針可在溶解時添加,或樣品可 在95°C加熱步驟之前冷凍。根據待測量之靶分子,溶解及 加熱之細節可不同。舉例而言,在靶寡核苷酸為DNA之一 些情況下,可有必要將溶菌液加熱至1 〇5。可使用熟習 此項技術者將熟知或常見之用於測量不同類型之把分子或 自固定組織恢復測量活性之其他溶解及破壞方法。特定言 之’在測量募核苷酸標靶之該等實驗之情況下,在6〇。〇下 將對所關注基因具特異性之探針用樣品培育6小時,形成 特異性探針-RNA雙鏈體’隨後由s丨核酸酶消化未雜交探 針及RNA。其次,鹼性水解破壞來自雙鏈體之mRNA,留 下濃度與原始存在之特異性mRNA之量成比例之完整探 針。在中和後,隨後將樣品與偵測盤雜交。偵測盤係由點 塗於96孔盤之孔之底部上的4x4栅格中之一組1 6個獨特錨 130267.doc •80· 200907067 DNA寡聚物形《。此通用陣列#由添加16個連接子探針來 規劃所關注基因,該等連接子探針在一端上含有結合所關 庄基因之序列,且在另一端上含有結合錯募聚物之一者之 序列。 、在雜交後,樣品探針藉由連接子探針與盤結合。添加偵 測連接子(但此可與樣品經添加至程式化AmyPMe中同時 添加)’其在一端含有在未由連接子探針結合之端上結合 樣知針之序列,且在另一端含有結合偵測探針之常見序 列。k後添加偵測探針,其與所有偵測連接子結合。偵測 探針含有作用於後來添加之化學發光過氧化酶底物之酶。 藉由〇mix影像器將盤自底部成像且使用Vuescript (HTG)進行分析,其計算所有元素之平均像素強度以測定 各基因之表現4 °若資料已經正規化,則將表現量針對管 家基因tbp以1〇〇〇之任意水平正規化。 對於DLBL實驗而言,所測量之基因為圖1〇中所列出之 彼等基因’但所不資料為陣列以2(圖16及圖丄7)。由於人 類腫瘤樣品中細胞組成之異質性’所以吾人包括經設計來 測忒B、.’田胞(CD19、CD20)、T細胞(CD3)及組織細胞(CD68) 之腫瘤組成之探針。最後,基於先前公開之評估不同内源 i·生表現基因作為官家基因之效用之研究’選擇兩種管家基 口 P及PRKG1,其鑑別該兩種基因在不同類型之淋巴瘤 中在低或中等含量下極穩定表現(L〇ss〇s, 2〇〇3)。該兩種管 豕基因重複於三個陣列之每一者中。 對陣列上存在之基因之蛋白質產物進行IHC,為此吾人 130267.doc -81 - 200907067 具有常規於石蠟中進行之臨床IHC檢定。該等包括CD20、 BCL2及HLA-DR。藉由具有Ventana 1_視圖偵測之Ventana Benchmark XT儀器(Ventana Medical Systems Incorporated, Tucson, Arizona)(VMSI)進行所有染色。使用具有儀器上 抗原修復之標準臨床實驗室染色程序。使用抗 CD20(VMSI,純系 L26)、BCL2 (VMSI,純系 B4-2/100/D5) 及HLA-DR (Biogenix,純系LN3)之單株抗體。藉由使用 10X 目鏡及 40X/0.65 物鏡之 Labophot-2 顯微鏡(Nikon, Melville,NY)進行照相。使用SPOT-RT 2.2.0彩色照相機及 SPOT Advanced 4.0.9軟體(Diagnostic Instruments, Sterling Heights, MI)捕獲且數位獲得影像,隨後將其插入 PowerPoint 10 (Microsoft, Redman, WA)中進行處理。 結果: 為證實核酸酶保護於固定樣品中原位進行,使用經福馬 林固定石蠟包埋(FFPE)大鼠肝(5 μιη切片)作為起始物質。 用30 μΐ溶解緩衝液處理組織切片。在溶解後,將核酸酶保 護探針添加至樣品上,接著熱變性(95°C,10分鐘)。將樣 品離心且移除上清液。用3 0 μΐ溶解緩衝液處理組織小球且 用核酸酶保護探針培育。在熱變性(95°C,10分鐘)後,使 用ARRAYPLATE對小球及上清液進行qNPA檢定,其提供 基質。使用冷凍組織作為對照物。該檢定回避來自福馬林 固定物質之mRN A提取之假影。 該等結果呈示於圖2中。將上清液及粒狀組織切片與匹 配冷凍組織進行比較。結果展示靶寡核苷酸可自小球測 130267.doc -82- 200907067 量。在圖A中,大部分 I刀發先什數係來自小球,而非上清 液。與之相比,在 之顯荖曰Μ _品(圖B)中存在亦自上清液測量 核*酸。在此實驗中,乾寡讀為 RN^但其亦可為(例如)dna、微⑽或核糖體讓。固 疋將养核普酸與組織交 &gt; 聊興小球締合之寡核苷酸之測量 暗不父聯养核苷酸係在 解之匱况下紐測量,與由原位 方法所測量相同之池(其 、、Y ΚΛΙΛ,,,主知έ己且在組織中可見), 且測量結果之和(各卜、、主 田,月液未與小球分離時)提供樣品中總 挺券核苦酸之量度。圖Α及β中、、則1 搂 _ 及ϋ T,則6式之樣品之間的差異暗 不:或許由於固定方牵φ 兰 _ 刁茶中之差異,即使樣品其他方面相 同,父聯券核苦g曼盘可、.交宣社过μ &gt; f + 、曰 &quot;、J,奋募核苷馱之比率可改變。因此僅 測里父聯池或僅測晉可、'六、a τ + 、篁了冷池不可精確測量樣品中靶寡核苷 酸之含量。 «圖(C)提供此研究中所用之實驗方案之詳細描述。結果 實qNPAk疋中之核酸酶保護步驟原位發生,而損測步 驟可非原位發生、原位發生或兩者均可。 經福馬林固定石蠟包埋之樣品中基因表現之分析 將經祸馬林固定石壤包埋之結腸組織於如先前所述之溶 解緩衝液中均貝化且用單獨緩衝液、或補充有rn A酶之緩 衝液4補'充有DNA酶之緩衝液處理。使小球經受如先前 所述之qNPA檢定。對約每孔〇 4個切片進行測試。該等研 究展示用於測量組織中RNA之技術之適用性。 此實驗之結果展示於圖3中。RNA酶處理(其自均質化樣 ασ中肩除乾RNA)使得活標托自樣品中失去。用DNa酶處 130267.doc -83- 200907067 理樣品對qNPA檢定不具有任何顯著影響。 定量核酸酶保護檢定允許定量測定 為評估本文中所用之核酸酶保護檢定之定量性質,使用 qNPA檢定將ffpe切片對相同冷球組織進行滴定。將rna 自冷凍組織分離且裝載於載片上。以類似方式裝載FFPe切 片。關於FFPE結腸之ArrayPlate mRNA檢定之示意圖提供 於圖A中。此研究之結果(其呈示於圖4(A)及(B)中)說明冷 凍組織對FFPE肝中基因表現之相關性。圖(B)之右側中顯 著犬出代表性實例。如自此圖可見,如自冷凍樣品或固定 樣品鑑別之各種基因之個別表現概況在視覺上彼此良好相 關。 為進一步測定獲自不同生物樣品之該等結果之量,進行 冷凍組織對F F p E切片組織中各種基因之表現概況之回歸分 析。對所有樣品測量同—組基因,且將資料針對管家基因Comparison of ArrayPlate qNPA nuclease protection assays and immunohistochemistry results. A specific example is a nuclease protection assay, and more specifically a quantitative nuclease protection assay. Describe the hybridization of a nuclease-protecting probe to RNA that is cross-linkable to tissue and soluble RNA. The unhybridized probe is disrupted by S1 treatment and the probe is reduced to a stoichiometric amount proportional to the amount of target oligonucleotide (crosslinking oligonucleotide and soluble oligonucleotide). Addition of the nuclease protection probe under heating is released from the oligonucleotide template and tissue so that it can be measured by a stylized ArrayPlate. The remainder of the scheme is implemented in a standard manner as described in more detail in the method. The rat liver was cut in half and half frozen and the other half fixed in formalin. The frozen tissue was weighed, dissolved and then each test sample was diluted. The fixed block was cut into 5 micron sections and the sections were tested in the form of 2 slices, 1 slice, % slice or % of slices per sample. The measurement was performed using a nuclease protection assay that measures RNA. Indicates the measured gene. The reproducibility of the measurement results was evaluated by calculating the % CV of each gene and the flatness of all genes 130267.doc -78 - 200907067. Vaginal smears were collected from hpv positive individuals and stored in Preservcyte. Positive diagnosis was performed by PAP smear and hybrid capture tests. Arrays are designed to measure host RNA, viral RNA, and viral DNA. Viral DNA is measured using a probe that hybridizes to the sequence in the untranscribed portion of the gene. The test sample was repeated (n=8) and the data was not normalized to the housekeeping gene. The genes measured in the diffuse large B-cell lymphoma tissue experiment are listed in this table. For the figure shown, an array is used. When diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) is called DB cell strain (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA), it is an MHC II-negative DLBCL cell line, or DB transfectant DB-CIITA-3.1, which includes A CIITA expression vector that induces the expression of major histocompatibility class II genes including HLA-DRA, HLA-DRB, HLA-DPA, and HLA-DQA (Glinsmann-Gibson, 2006). The cells were grown to a density of 4 million per ml in RPMI with 10% fetal calf serum. 16 million cells were centrifuged to produce cell pellets, which were 1) made into formalin fixed paraffin-embedded by conventional overnight tissue treatment on a TissueTek instrument and subjected to stone embedding by undergoing fixation in fumarin for 4 hours. (FFPE) substance, or 2) instantaneous freezing of liquid by instantaneous freezing in liquid nitrogen quenched in isopentane with or without an embedding medium (optimal cutting temperature or OCT, Sakura Finetechnieal Co, Torrance, CA). The rat liver was similarly frozen or prepared as a FFPE substance. The FFPE clinical organization used to test the efficacy of ArrayPlate includes 1 benign lymph node (reactive follicular hyperplasia) and 2 DLBCL (1 is central cytopathic, 1 130267.doc •79-200907067 is immunoblastic), which does not exist Multiple instant frozen blocks with ffpe blocks. A new FFPE% was generated by defrosting the chilled bead from the previous instant of benign lymphoid tissue in 1989, which was then immediately fixed in 4% Formalin and processed as described below. The tissue was fixed at approximately 5 x 5 x 5 parts. Frozen sections and FFPE sections were cut to a thickness of about 5 microns. For nuclease protection assays, samples were placed in HTG lysis buffer (25 μl/slice), briefly vortexed, heated at 95 ° C for 1 〇 minute, briefly vortexed, and then at -70° Freeze at C until analysis. The ArrayPlate Nuclease Protection Assay (Martel, 2〇〇2) has been previously described. In Jan. 5, the frozen sample is tested after the cells or tissues have been dissolved, denatured, and infiltrated by heating in a buffer as described above. However, it can also be tested immediately after dissolution, and the probe can be added while dissolved, or the sample can be frozen prior to the 95 °C heating step. The details of dissolution and heating may vary depending on the target molecule to be measured. For example, in the case where the target oligonucleotide is DNA, it may be necessary to heat the lysate to 1 〇5. Other methods of solubilization and destruction which are well known or commonly used by those skilled in the art to measure different types of molecular or self-fixing tissue recovery activity can be used. In particular, in the case of such experiments measuring the nucleotide target, it is at 6 〇. Subsequent probes specific for the gene of interest are incubated with the sample for 6 hours to form a specific probe-RNA duplex. Then the unhybridized probe and RNA are digested by s丨 nuclease. Second, alkaline hydrolysis destroys the mRNA from the duplex, leaving a complete probe at a concentration proportional to the amount of specific mRNA originally present. After neutralization, the sample is then hybridized to the detection disk. The detection disk is made up of a set of 16 unique anchors in a 4x4 grid on the bottom of the hole in the 96-well disk. 130267.doc •80·200907067 DNA oligomer shape. This universal array # is designed by the addition of 16 linker probes containing a sequence that binds to the gene on one end and one of the mis-aggregates on the other end. The sequence. After hybridization, the sample probe is coupled to the disk by a linker probe. Add a detection linker (but this can be added simultaneously with the sample added to the stylized AmyPMe). It contains a sequence at one end that binds to the probe on the end that is not bound by the linker probe, and contains a binding at the other end. A common sequence of probes is detected. A detection probe is added after k, which is combined with all detection linkages. The detection probe contains an enzyme that acts on a substrate for the subsequent addition of a chemiluminescent peroxidase. The disc is imaged from the bottom by 〇mix imager and analyzed using Vuescript (HTG), which calculates the average pixel intensity of all elements to determine the performance of each gene 4 °. If the data has been normalized, the expression will be directed to the housekeeping gene tbp Normalize at any level of 1〇〇〇. For the DLBL experiments, the genes measured were the genes listed in Figure 1 'but the data were not array 2 (Figure 16 and Figure 7). Due to the heterogeneity of cell composition in human tumor samples, we include probes designed to measure the tumor composition of B, .' field cells (CD19, CD20), T cells (CD3), and tissue cells (CD68). Finally, based on the previously published study to evaluate the utility of different endogenous i. biogenetic genes as official genes, 'select two housekeeping bases P and PRKG1, which identify the two genes at low or in different types of lymphoma. Moderately stable performance (L〇ss〇s, 2〇〇3). The two tube genes are repeated in each of the three arrays. IHC is performed on the protein product of the gene present on the array, for which we 130267.doc -81 - 200907067 have a clinical IHC assay routinely performed in paraffin. These include CD20, BCL2 and HLA-DR. All staining was performed by a Ventana Benchmark XT instrument (Ventana Medical Systems Incorporated, Tucson, Arizona) (VMSI) with Ventana 1_view detection. Standard clinical laboratory staining procedures with on-board antigen retrieval are used. Monoclonal antibodies against CD20 (VMSI, pure L26), BCL2 (VMSI, pure B4-2/100/D5) and HLA-DR (Biogenix, pure LN3) were used. Photographs were taken by Labophot-2 microscope (Nikon, Melville, NY) using a 10X eyepiece and a 40X/0.65 objective. Images were acquired and digitally acquired using a SPOT-RT 2.2.0 color camera and SPOT Advanced 4.0.9 software (Diagnostic Instruments, Sterling Heights, MI), which was then inserted into PowerPoint 10 (Microsoft, Redman, WA) for processing. Results: To confirm that the nuclease protection was carried out in situ in the fixed sample, a formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded (FFPE) rat liver (5 μm section) was used as a starting material. Tissue sections were treated with 30 μM lysis buffer. After solubilization, a nuclease protection probe was added to the sample followed by thermal denaturation (95 ° C, 10 minutes). The sample was centrifuged and the supernatant removed. Tissue pellets were treated with 30 μM lysis buffer and incubated with nuclease protected probes. After thermal denaturation (95 ° C, 10 minutes), the beads and supernatant were subjected to qNPA assay using ARRAYPLATE, which provided the matrix. Frozen tissue was used as a control. This test circumvents the artifacts of mRN A extraction from the formalin fixed substance. These results are presented in Figure 2. Supernatants and granular tissue sections were compared to matched frozen tissue. The results show that the target oligonucleotide can be measured from the small sphere 130267.doc -82- 200907067. In Figure A, the majority of the I-knife is from the small ball, not the supernatant. In contrast, there is also a measurement of nuclear acid from the supernatant in the product (Fig. B). In this experiment, dry oligo reads RN^ but it can also be, for example, dna, micro (10) or ribosome.疋 疋 养 养 养 与 与 与 与 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊 聊The same pool (its, Y ΚΛΙΛ,,, the master knows and is visible in the tissue), and the sum of the measurement results (each Bu, the main field, the moon liquid is not separated from the small ball) to provide a total sample The vouchers are a measure of bitterness. Figure Α and β, then 1 搂 _ and ϋ T, then the difference between the samples of type 6 is dark: perhaps due to the difference in the fixed side φ 兰 _ 刁 tea, even if the sample is otherwise the same, the parent coupon The rate of nuclear sputum can be changed. The ratio of & 社 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 Therefore, only the measurement of the target oligonucleoside acid in the sample can not be accurately measured by measuring the parent pool or only measuring Jin, 'six, a τ + , and smashing the cold pool. «Figure (C) provides a detailed description of the protocol used in this study. As a result, the nuclease protection step in the real qNPAk(R) occurs in situ, and the damage step can occur ex situ, in situ, or both. Analysis of gene expression in samples supplemented with formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded colon tissue embedded in sulphate-fixed rocky soil in a lysis buffer as previously described and supplemented with buffer alone or supplemented with rn The buffer of A enzyme 4 is supplemented with a buffer filled with DNase. The pellet was subjected to a qNPA assay as previously described. Test about 4 slices per well. These studies demonstrate the applicability of techniques for measuring RNA in tissues. The results of this experiment are shown in Figure 3. The RNase treatment, which removes the dry RNA from the homogenization-like ασ, causes the live label to be lost from the sample. The DNa enzyme was used at 130267.doc -83- 200907067 and the sample did not have any significant effect on the qNPA assay. Quantitative Nuclease Protection Assay Allows Quantitative Assay To assess the quantitative nature of the nuclease protection assays used herein, ffpe sections were titrated against the same cold bulb tissue using the qNPA assay. The rna is separated from the frozen tissue and loaded onto a slide. Load the FFPe slices in a similar manner. A schematic representation of the ArrayPlate mRNA assay for FFPE colon is provided in Figure A. The results of this study, which are presented in Figures 4 (A) and (B), illustrate the correlation of frozen tissue to gene expression in FFPE liver. A representative example of a representative dog is shown on the right side of Figure (B). As can be seen from this figure, individual performance profiles of various genes as identified from frozen samples or fixed samples are visually well correlated with each other. To further determine the amount of such results obtained from different biological samples, regression analysis of the performance profiles of various genes in the F F p E section tissue was performed by frozen tissue. Measure the same-group gene for all samples and map the data to the housekeeping gene

正規化且隨後作圖以測定各逐對比較之間的r2相關係數。 回歸分析之結果展示於圖5(B)中。在兩個樣品之間觀測到 強相關性·〇854)。該等結果基本上指示自新鮮固定组 織可獲得與冷凍,組織一樣之相等定量結果。 儘管已發現錢使用新鮮固定組織歧用經固定且隨後 儲存許多年之組織,藉由原位雜交(其中舰經標記且於 ^織中可見)之麗之測量結果相當,但對於pCR或非原位 =施之雜交方法而言通常並非此情況。此限制效用,因為 I在大量已保存材料之料物,其可以其他方式用於回顧 性研究以鑑別及驗證生物標諸物絲基因,或用於開發及 130267.doc -84 - 200907067 驗證監控性、預後性或診斷性檢定,或用於結合安全性與 基因表現,或用於瞭解疾病過程等。測試18年前獲自癌症 患者之淋巴結組織。其一部分已在彼時經固定用於組織 學’且另一部分經冷;東為組織塊。該患者經診斷具有彌漫 性大B細胞淋巴瘤。將冷;東塊之部分固定以提供新鮮固= 樣品以與保存18年之固定物質進行比較。自各樣品測量一 組基因,其結果描述於圖6中。圖示針對管家基因正規化 後之相對發光值。R2相關係數為〇 · 9 3,其指示自新鮮固定 組織獲得與先前已固定! 8年之組織基本上相等之定量結 果。 為測量qNPA信號對起始物f量之依賴性之間的關係, =用如先前表徵行基因表現研I對由各種 里之樣品(對於各樣品量而言’ n=4)獲得之非正規化辦八 信號進行比較。對於含有每孔至少G.5個FFPE切片之樣品 而言,獲得樣品尺寸與qNPA信號之間的線性關係。在所 分析之所有基因中一致觀測到該等結果。此研究之該等結 、 果以及所分析之基因類型呈示於圖7中。 曰為定量評估新鮮冷;束樣品tmpE肝樣品中之基因表現 量,使用qWA檢定進行16種基因之比較性分析。兩種樣 品製劑(亦即冷;東對FFpE)之間該等基因之大部分之表現概 、,'上不可區/刀。此研究之結果呈示於圖8中。 斤述之方法允許靈敏性測量起募核苷酸。圖9中 表()比車乂來自冷凍大鼠肝稀釋物對匹配之福馬林 疋肝樣之不同數目的約5微米厚薄片之核酸酶保護檢 130267.doc -85 · 200907067 定對RNA之測量結果。注意到僅使用组織之1/4薄片,所 有基因可測量。另外,測量結果之再現性出色,提供所有 所測量基因之平均CV為7。/。。此再現性優於冷凍匹配樣品 之基因測量結果之再現性。最後,1/4薄片對各基因而言 產生類似數目之發光計數且總數與19盹冷凍組織類似, 提供指示使用此方法自固定組織測量RNA可如何靈敏。藉 由PCR及其他基於雜交之方法自固定組織測量rna已證實 極不靈敏,其需要大量、组織。有可能核酸酶保言蔓方法之靈 敏性為測量總RNA(不僅可溶池)之結果,且因此藉由測量 交聯靶寡核苷酸之任何方法將獲得此相同靈敏性。 如圖9之表(B)中所示,使用此技術可可靠偵測多種靶基 因。測量結果之再現性出色,提供所有所測量基因之平均 CV小於20%。 可測量其他核普酸標靶種類,且可成功測試使用其他類 型之固疋方法固定之樣品。收集臨床陰道樣品且在测試之 前將其保存於preservcyte中。核酸酶保護檢定測量宿主細 胞RNA、病毒RNa及病毒DNA。為區分病毒dna與樣品中 存在之RNA,核酸酶保護探針經設計以與基因之未轉錄部 分中之序列雜交。資料為未正規化強度,且相關❶係自 8個複製樣品之測量結果測定。證實測量宿主rna、病毒 RNA及病毒DNA之能力,證實來自固定樣品之多種類型之 寡核芽酸標挺之測量結果,以及自ArrayPlate之同—孔内 之同一樣品同時實際測量該等靶寡核苷酸之能力。 該等圖描述使用與交聯寡核苷酸標靶以及可溶標靶締合 130267.doc -86 - 200907067 且隨後可分離且測量之搜钟消丨暑$柄人 J里 針測里之概念。特定實例為核酸 酶保護檢定,且更特定言之為定量核酸酶保護檢定,㈣ 習此項技術者可設計其他方法(包括使用由生物合成方式 產生之探針或可經由除寡核普酸雜交之外的方法締合之: 針之方法)以產生交聯寡核苷酸標靶之相同測量結果。描 述使用與新鮮或冷凍組織相同之標準方案可洌量固定: 織内之寡核普酸躲。展示核酸酶保護探針與可與組織交 聯之rna,Wrna之雜交。㈣處理將探針降至盘革巴 寡核苦酸(交聯寡料酸與可溶之寡核㈣)之量成比例之 化學计罝置。在加熱下添加驗使核酸酶保護探針自寡 ,模板及組織釋放’使其可由除原位方法之外之方相 量。然而,注意到可首先原位測量探針(或一大組探針中 之-個或幾個)。如方法中更詳細描述,以標準 方案之其餘部分。 實把 原位且在組織溶解後連續測量探針為可能的。—旦尚旦 探針經洗出或在用S1核酸酶處理後,使用(例如)螢:= 或發光’可使標無締合探針可視且原位將其定量化。: 係特定關於一個或兩個或兩個以上可例如藉由使用且有不 長之探針區分之探針進行,則原位測量之該等標 乾之3篁可用於正規化或以其他方式幫助說明—組標乾之 在溶解後製造之-大組探針之测量。以此方式, ”構造”資訊可與基因之測量相關,甚至在空間資心:失 後。在m«針在原㈣量之前㈣單洗 下,該或該等探針可經設外 ^ ^ 又计具有不與寡接合偵測探針互補 130267.doc -87. 200907067 之非標靶雜交序列突出物,且因此可經彼偵測探針標記。 或者,原位探針可直接經偵測分子或能夠結合偵測分子或 複合物之基團(諸如生物素)標記,且隨後在原位測量之前 使用洗滌及/或si步驟。此標記不影響核酸酶保護探針與 其靶寡核苷酸雜交之能力。 存在許多以下情況:其中在測量靶寡核苷酸之前固定樣 品之能力將為優點。舉例而言’若血液將直接收集入固定 劑中,®定且保存乾募核努酸之含i,則取樣與測試樣品 之間的時間變得不太重要。處理變得更簡單。此外,可由 可破壞或溶解細胞及組織之方法以其他方式處理固定樣 品,導致靶寡核苷酸改變或損失,諸如藉由過濾,簡化樣 品製備。對於許多類型之細胞'組織或整個有機體樣品以 及環境樣品或樣品收集遠離測試點之情況,亦為此情況。 實例2 :臨床研究 彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤(DLBCL)為最常見的侵襲性淋巴 瘤,佔全部淋巴瘤之幾乎40%。關於DLBCL之臨床國際預 後指數(International Prognostic Index; ιρι)分數有助於根 據臨床特徵對患者劃分風險等級(Shipp, 1993)。然而,甚 至在等級内,患者結果仍為可變的。由於可變患者結果, 長期以來已懷疑DLBCL可實際上涵蓋一種以上疾病。近年 來廣泛基因表現圖譜(gene expression profiling ; GEP)實 驗之結果已證實DLBCL並非統一標準的疾病實體且GEp界 疋亞型之差異可與患者存活相關。已根據對3個不同研究 組之研究鑑別出三個不同組之基因。 130267.doc -88 - 200907067 第一組使用LymphoChip研究240個DLBCL。此晶片為含 有眾多已知表示由B或T淋巴樣細胞表現之基因、涉及於免 疫反應中之基因或由淋巴瘤及白企病細胞株表現之基因之 元素的點塗寡核苷酸微陣列(Alizadeh, 1999)。研究人員發 現與患者存活極其相關之4種基因表現特徵,稱作”生發中 心”、&quot;II級主要組織相容性(MHC)&quot;、&quot;淋巴結π及”增生”。 在添加基因ΒΜΡ6之情況下,使用來自該4種特徵之代表性 基因來產生17-基因結果預測分數,其提供不依賴於臨床 ΙΡΙ分數之其他預後性值(Rosenwald, 2002)。另一組使用 Affymetrix高密度寡核苷酸陣列平台及監督學習分類法來 產生使用一組13個基因獲得之具有最佳精確度之DLBCL結 果預測分數(Shipp,2002)。另一組研究人員對先前經報導 與DLBCL存活顯著相關之基因進行文獻之統合分析(metaanalysis) 。 使 用定量 RT-PCR , 該等 研究人 員評估 一系列 66 個DLBCL且測定6種最具預兆性基因(LM02、BCL6、 FN1、CCND2、SCYA3 及 BCL2)(Lossos,2004)。對於總共 34種先前在高知名度論文中經鑑別為與DLBCL之患者結果 顯著相關之基因而言,僅在Lymphochip與RT-PCR論文中 鑑別出兩種基因(BCL6與FN1)。經由Lymphochip資料組之 分析,與患者存活極相關之若干氧化還原相關基因之鑑別 已得到確認且已產生包括代表性基因、超氧化錳歧化酶及 過氧化氳酶之”氧化還原分數(Tome, 2005)。該等論文之 所有4者使用對與DLBCL存活相關之基因之基因表現關鍵 組的量化。每一者產生與特定病例組之結果具有強相關性 130267.doc -89- 200907067 之小基因組。依賴瞬間冷束物質作為分析基礎之所有所用 技術使基因組或擴展與較寬患者組之間的比較困難。因 此’尤其使用可適用於石蠟包埋樣品之方法來比較該等基 因組為測定該等預後性基因研究之臨床效用之下個步驟。 定量核保護檢定有望量化mRNA,而無需mRNA提取、 接著定量RT-PCR之困難步驟,且因此可適用於經福馬林 固疋、石壤包埋之組織。該方法依賴先前已描述用於醫藥 應用之ArrayPlate檢定(Martel,2002)。在此檢定中,將組 織溶解於96孔盤中。用溶菌液培育為所關注基因設計之探 針以允許特異性探針-RNA雙鏈體之雜交。將未雜交探針 及RN A消化且使用驗性水解將mRNA與雙鏈體分離,留下 濃度與原始存在之特異性mRNA之量成比例之完整探針。 隨後將該等剩餘探針轉移至使用連接子及偵測探針以及化 學發光偵測及定量之第二96孔盤中。該平台易於實施且具 有處理高樣品體積之潛力。 使用此技術,開發關於所有36種所關注基因以及管家基 因及旨在測定樣品之細胞組成(B細胞、丁細胞及巨噬細胞 基因)之基因的檢定。實施用於測試且確認對冷凍物質與 石堪包埋物質之檢定的效能之若干研究。將來自先前在 Rosenwald等人之論文中已分析之例的石蠟塊再 用於測定該技術是否可類似地量化預後性顯著基因及此是 否將會與患者結果相關。總目的在於開發且確認將會可用 於具有DLBCL之所有患者、而不限於具有可用瞬間冷凍組 織之少數幸運者之結果預測的檢定。進行冷凍樣品與石蠟 130267.doc -90- 200907067 包埋樣品、新石蠟塊與幾乎20年齡之石蠟塊之比較,且評 估先前已公開之一組40名患者中結果與患者死亡風險比之 間的關係。該等研究證實此技術特別當應用於保存物質時 之有用性,其在該領域中具有深遠的應用前景。 患者及細胞株物質,製備FFPE及冷凍塊: 為驗證ArrayPlate之設計,使用DB細胞株(American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA),其為 MHC II-陰性 DLBCL細胞株。另外,亦利用新近產生之DB轉染物DB-CIITA-3.1,其包括誘導包括 HLA-DRA、HLA-DRB、HLA-DPA及HLA-DQA之主要組織相容性II級基因之表現的 CIITA表現載體(Glinsmann-Gibson,2006)。使細胞於具有 10%胎牛血清之RPMI中生長至每毫升4百萬個之密度。將 16百萬個細胞離心以產生細胞小球,將其1)藉由於福馬林 中固定4小時,以TissueTek儀器進行常規隔夜組織處理且 石蠟包埋而製成FFPE物質,或2)藉由在具有或不具有包埋 介質之情況下於異戊烷中驟冷之液氮中瞬間冷凍而製成瞬 間冷床物質(最佳切割溫度或OCT,Sakura Finetechnical Co, Torrance, CA)。 根據針對具有多個瞬間冷凍塊與石蠟塊且幾乎含有 100%腫瘤而選擇之醫院文件,用於測試ArrayPlate效能之 FFPE組織包括1個良性淋巴結(反應性卵泡增生)及2個 DLBCL· (1為中心母細胞性,1為免疫母細胞性)。如下所述 藉由解凍至冰冷,隨後立即於4%福馬林中固定且進行處 理自1989年之良性淋巴組織之先前瞬間冷凍塊產生新石蠟 130267.doc -91 - 200907067 塊。陣列之排列描述於圖11中。 為研究關於FFPE樣品之ArrayPlate結果是否與瞬間冷凍 組織之GEP發現結果足夠類似,使用先前已由GEP分析之 樣品。先前,已將45個瞬間冷凍樣品用於DLBCL之LLMPP 研究中。其中,24者包括於Rosenwald等人描述OPS在反映 重生DLBCL患者存活率方面之臨床效用的NEJM論文中。 在該等病例中,使用1 8個石蠟塊。亦使用關於2 1個由 LLMPP概述、但不包括於重生DLBCL中之病例之石蠟塊, 其包含9個轉化病例及12個復發DLBCL病例。Normalization and subsequent mapping to determine the r2 correlation coefficient between each pairwise comparison. The results of the regression analysis are shown in Figure 5(B). A strong correlation was observed between the two samples. These results essentially indicate that equal quantitative results are obtained from fresh fixed tissues as well as frozen, tissue. Although it has been found that the use of fresh fixed tissue dissection is fixed and subsequently stored for many years, the measurement results by in situ hybridization (where the ship is marked and visible in the weave) are comparable, but for pCR or non-original This is usually not the case for the method of hybridization. This limitation is useful because I is in a large amount of material in a stored material that can be used in other ways to retrospectively identify and validate biologically labeled filament genes, or for development and 130267.doc -84 - 200907067 validation monitoring , prognostic or diagnostic tests, or used to combine safety and gene expression, or to understand disease processes. The lymph node tissue obtained from cancer patients was tested 18 years ago. A part of it has been fixed for histology at that time and another part has been cold; The patient was diagnosed with diffuse large B-cell lymphoma. It will be cold; the eastern block will be fixed to provide a fresh solid = sample for comparison with the 18-year fixed material. A set of genes was measured from each sample, and the results are shown in Fig. 6. The graph shows the relative luminescence values after the normalization of the housekeeping gene. The R2 correlation coefficient is 〇 · 9 3, which indicates that it has been fixed from fresh fixed tissue and previously fixed! The eight-year organization is basically equal quantitative results. To measure the relationship between the dependence of the qNPA signal on the amount of starting material f, = the informality obtained from the various samples (for each sample size 'n=4) as previously characterized by the gene expression The eight signals are compared for comparison. For samples containing at least G.5 FFPE sections per well, a linear relationship between sample size and qNPA signal was obtained. These results were consistently observed in all of the genes analyzed. The results of this study, the results, and the type of genes analyzed are presented in Figure 7.曰 To quantitatively evaluate fresh gene expression; gene expression in bundle samples of tmpE liver samples, comparative analysis of 16 genes using qWA assay. The performance of most of these genes between the two sample preparations (ie cold; east to FFpE), 'can not be area / knife. The results of this study are presented in Figure 8. The method described allows sensitivity measurements to be taken to raise nucleotides. Figure 9 shows the nuclease protection assay of the different number of approximately 5 micron thick slices from the frozen rat liver dilution from the frozen rat liver dilution 130267.doc -85 · 200907067 result. Note that using only 1/4 of the tissue, all genes are measurable. In addition, the reproducibility of the measurement results was excellent, and the average CV of all the measured genes was 7. /. . This reproducibility is superior to the reproducibility of genetic measurements of frozen matched samples. Finally, 1/4 of the sheets produced a similar number of luminescence counts for each gene and the total number was similar to 19 盹 frozen tissue, providing an indication of how sensitive it can be to measure RNA from fixed tissue using this method. Measurement of rna from fixed tissue by PCR and other hybridization-based methods has proven to be extremely insensitive, requiring large amounts of tissue. It is possible that the sensitivity of the nuclease-preserving method is the result of measuring total RNA (not only the soluble pool), and thus this same sensitivity will be obtained by any method of measuring the cross-linking of the target oligonucleotide. As shown in Table (B) of Figure 9, a variety of target genes can be reliably detected using this technique. The reproducibility of the measurement results is excellent, providing an average CV of less than 20% for all measured genes. Other nucleotide acid target types can be measured and samples fixed using other types of solid methods can be successfully tested. Clinical vaginal samples were collected and stored in preservcyte prior to testing. The nuclease protection assay measures host cell RNA, viral Rna, and viral DNA. To distinguish between viral DNA and RNA present in the sample, the nuclease protection probe is designed to hybridize to sequences in the untranscribed portion of the gene. The data is unnormalized and the relevant tethers are determined from the measurements of 8 replicate samples. Confirmation of the ability to measure host RNA, viral RNA and viral DNA, confirm the measurement results of various types of oligonucleotides from fixed samples, and simultaneously measure the target oligonucleotides from the same sample in the same ArrayPlate The ability of glycosides. The figures describe the concept of using a cross-linked oligonucleotide target and a soluble target associated with 130267.doc -86 - 200907067 and then separable and measured by the search for the clock . A specific example is a nuclease protection assay, and more specifically a quantitative nuclease protection assay, (iv) other techniques can be devised by the skilled artisan (including the use of probes produced by biosynthesis or hybridization via oligodeoxynucleotide) Other methods are associated: the method of the needle) to produce the same measurement of the cross-linked oligonucleotide target. Description can be fixed using the same standard protocol as fresh or frozen tissue: Oligonucleotide in the weave. The nuclease-protecting probe is shown to hybridize to rna, Wrna which can be cross-linked to the tissue. (d) Treatment of the probe to a disco oligonucleotide (crosslinked oligoacid and soluble oligo(4)) in proportion to the amount of the chemical device. The nuclease protection probe is added under heating to release the probe from the oligo, template and tissue&apos; to make it measurable by a side other than the in situ method. However, it is noted that the probe (or one or more of a large set of probes) can be first measured in situ. As described in more detail in the method, the rest of the standard scheme is used. It is possible to measure the probe continuously in situ and after tissue dissolution. Once the probe has been washed out or after treatment with S1 nuclease, the label-free association probe can be visualized and quantified in situ using, for example, fluorescein: = or luminescence. : is specific to one or two or more probes that can be distinguished, for example, by use of probes that are not long, and that the in-situ measurements of the 3 can be used for normalization or otherwise Help Description—The measurement of a large set of probes that are manufactured after dissolution. In this way, “construction” information can be related to the measurement of genes, even in space: loss. In the case of a single washing of the m« needle before the original (four) amount, the probe or the probe may be externally set to have a non-target hybridization sequence that is not complementary to the oligo-splicing detection probe 130267.doc-87. 200907067 The protrusions, and thus can be labeled by the detection probe. Alternatively, the in situ probe can be labeled directly via a detection molecule or a group capable of binding to a detection molecule or complex, such as biotin, and then followed by a wash and/or si step prior to in situ measurement. This label does not affect the ability of the nuclease protection probe to hybridize to its target oligonucleotide. There are many situations in which the ability to immobilize a sample prior to measuring the target oligonucleotide will be an advantage. For example, if blood is collected directly into the fixative, and the i of the dry-collected acid is stored, the time between sampling and testing the sample becomes less important. Processing becomes easier. In addition, immobilized samples can be otherwise manipulated by methods that disrupt or lyse cells and tissues, resulting in alteration or loss of target oligonucleotides, such as by filtration, to simplify sample preparation. This is also the case for many types of cell 'tissue or whole organism samples and environmental samples or samples collected away from the test point. Example 2: Clinical Studies Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) is the most common invasive lymphoma, accounting for almost 40% of all lymphomas. The International Prognostic Index ( ιρι) score for DLBCL helps to classify patients according to clinical characteristics (Shipp, 1993). However, even within the grade, patient outcomes are still variable. Due to variable patient outcomes, it has long been suspected that DLBCL can actually cover more than one disease. The results of extensive gene expression profiling (GEP) experiments in recent years have confirmed that DLBCL is not a uniform disease entity and that differences in GEp subtypes can be associated with patient survival. Three different groups of genes have been identified based on studies from three different study groups. 130267.doc -88 - 200907067 The first group used the LymphoChip to study 240 DLBCLs. The wafer is a spot-coated oligonucleotide microarray containing a plurality of genes known to be expressed by B or T lymphoid cells, genes involved in an immune response, or genes represented by lymphoma and white disease cell lines. (Alizadeh, 1999). The researchers found four gene expression characteristics that are extremely relevant to patient survival, called the “spontaneous center”, “class II major histocompatibility (MHC)&quot;, &quot; lymph node π and "hyperplasia." In the case of the addition of the gene ΒΜΡ6, representative genes from the four characteristics were used to generate a 17-gene result prediction score that provides other prognostic values independent of the clinical sputum score (Rosenwald, 2002). The other group used the Affymetrix High Density Oligonucleotide Array Platform and Supervised Learning Taxonomy to generate DLBCL result prediction scores with the best accuracy obtained using a set of 13 genes (Shipp, 2002). Another group of researchers performed a metaanalysis of the literature on genes previously reported to be significantly associated with DLBCL survival. Using quantitative RT-PCR, the researchers evaluated a series of 66 DLBCLs and determined the six most prognostic genes (LM02, BCL6, FN1, CCND2, SCYA3, and BCL2) (Lossos, 2004). For a total of 34 genes previously identified as significantly associated with patients with DLBCL in high-profile papers, only two genes (BCL6 and FN1) were identified in the Lymphochip and RT-PCR papers. Through the analysis of the Lymphochip dataset, the identification of several redox-associated genes that are extremely relevant to patient survival has been confirmed and a redox fraction including representative genes, supermanganese dismutase and peroxidase has been generated (Tome, 2005). All four of these papers used a quantification of key sets of gene expression for genes associated with DLBCL survival. Each produced a small genome with a strong correlation with the results of a particular case group 130267.doc -89- 200907067. All techniques used relying on transient cold-cluster materials as a basis for analysis make it difficult to genomic or extend the spectrum with a wider patient group. Therefore, it is especially useful to compare these genomes for the determination of such prognosis using methods that can be applied to paraffin-embedded samples. The next step in the clinical utility of sex gene research. Quantitative nuclear protection assays are expected to quantify mRNA without the difficult steps of mRNA extraction and subsequent quantitative RT-PCR, and thus can be applied to tissues that have been stabilized by fossilization and rocky soil. This method relies on the ArrayPlate assay previously described for medical applications (Martel, 2002). In this assay, The tissue is dissolved in a 96-well plate. The probe designed for the gene of interest is incubated with the lysate to allow hybridization of the specific probe-RNA duplex. The unhybridized probe and RN A are digested and the mRNA is assayed using the assay. Separation from the duplex, leaving a complete probe at a concentration proportional to the amount of specific mRNA originally present. The remaining probes are then transferred to the use of linkers and detection probes and chemiluminescence detection and quantification In a second 96-well plate, the platform is easy to implement and has the potential to handle high sample volumes. Using this technique, develop cell structures for all 36 genes of interest as well as housekeeping genes and to determine samples (B cells, B cells and Verification of the gene for the macrophage gene. Several studies were carried out to test and confirm the efficacy of the assay for frozen material and stone-embedded material. Paraffin blocks from the previous analysis in the paper by Rosenwald et al. It is then used to determine if the technique can similarly quantify prognostic significant genes and whether this will be relevant to patient outcomes. The overall aim is to develop and confirm that it will be available for use with DLBC All patients of L, without limitation, the predictions predicted by the results of a few lucky ones with available transient frozen tissue. Frozen samples and paraffin 130267.doc -90- 200907067 Embedding samples, new paraffin blocks and paraffin blocks of almost 20 years old To compare and evaluate the relationship between the results and the patient's risk of death in a group of 40 patients previously disclosed. These studies confirm the usefulness of this technique, particularly when applied to preservatives, which have profound implications in the field. Application prospects Patient and cell strain materials, preparation of FFPE and frozen blocks: To validate the design of the ArrayPlate, DB cell strain (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA), which is an MHC II-negative DLBCL cell line, was used. In addition, the newly generated DB transfectant DB-CIITA-3.1 is also utilized, which includes CIITA expressions that induce the expression of major histocompatibility class II genes including HLA-DRA, HLA-DRB, HLA-DPA and HLA-DQA. Vector (Glinsmann-Gibson, 2006). The cells were grown to a density of 4 million per ml in RPMI with 10% fetal bovine serum. 16 million cells were centrifuged to produce cell pellets, 1) by fixation in fumarin for 4 hours, conventional overnight tissue treatment with TissueTek instrument and paraffin embedding to make FFPE material, or 2) by The instantaneous cold bed material (optimal cutting temperature or OCT, Sakura Finetechnical Co, Torrance, CA) was instantaneously frozen in liquid nitrogen quenched in isopentane with or without an embedding medium. According to hospital files selected for multiple transient frozen blocks and paraffin blocks with almost 100% tumors, the FFPE tissue used to test ArrayPlate efficacy includes 1 benign lymph node (reactive follicular hyperplasia) and 2 DLBCL·(1 Central mother cell, 1 is immunoblastic). New paraffin 130267.doc -91 - 200907067 was produced by thawing to ice-cold, followed by immediate fixation in 4% formalin and treatment of the previously transient frozen mass from benign lymphoid tissue in 1989. The arrangement of the arrays is depicted in Figure 11. To investigate whether the ArrayPlate results for FFPE samples are sufficiently similar to the GEP findings for transient frozen tissue, samples previously analyzed by GEP were used. Previously, 45 transient frozen samples have been used in the LLLPD study of DLBCL. Of these, 24 were included in the NEJM paper by Rosenwald et al. describing the clinical utility of OPS in reflecting the survival rate of patients with recurrent DLBCL. In these cases, 18 paraffin blocks were used. Paraffin blocks for 21 cases outlined by LLMPP but not included in reborn DLBCL were also used, including 9 transformed cases and 12 relapsed DLBCL cases.

ArrayPlate之樣品製備 將冷凍切片及FFPE切片切為5微米厚度且立即置入實驗 室緩衝液(25微升/切片)中,簡單渦旋,在95°C下加熱1〇分 鐘,簡單再渦旋,且隨後在-7〇°C下冷凍直至分析。在 ArrayPlate上每孔使用1個組織切片。樣品係來自固定於約 5x5x5 mm部份中之切口活組織檢查。將石蠟塊切為薄切 片為重要的,此係因為未切成薄片之FFPE組織得到不良結 果。Sample preparation of ArrayPlate Frozen sections and FFPE sections were cut to a thickness of 5 microns and immediately placed in laboratory buffer (25 μl/slice), briefly vortexed, heated at 95 ° C for 1 〇 minute, and briefly vortexed And then frozen at -7 ° C until analysis. Use 1 tissue section per well on the ArrayPlate. The samples were obtained from incisional biopsies fixed in approximately 5 x 5 x 5 mm sections. It is important to cut the paraffin block into a thin slice because the FFPE structure that has not been sliced gives poor results.

ArrayPlate 檢定 先前已描述ArrayPlate檢定(Martel,2002)。簡言之,在 細胞或組織已藉由加熱於如上所述之實驗室缓衝液中溶 解、變性且滲透之後,將冷凍樣品移入實驗室中進行分 析。在實驗室中,在60°C下用樣品將對所關注基因具特異 性之探針培育6小時,形成特異性探針-RNA雙鏈體,隨後 由S1核酸酶消化未雜交探針及RNA。DLBCL基因列於圖10 130267.doc -92· 200907067 之表中。其次,利用鹼性水解使mRNA與雙鏈體分離,留 下濃度與原先存在之特異性mRNA之量成比例的完整探 針。在中和後,隨後使樣品與偵測盤雜交。偵測盤係由點 塗於96孔盤之孔之底部上的4χ4柵格中之一組16個獨特錨 DNA募聚物形成。此通用陣列係藉由添加16個連接子探針 針對所關注基因來規劃,該等連接子探針在一端上含有結 合所關注基因之序列,且在另一端上含有結合錯寡聚物之 -者之序列。以每檢定3個孔之速率,對所關注基因使用 三個單獨之連接子探針組。 、在雜交後’樣品探針藉由連接子探針與盤結合。添加侦 :連接:’其在—端含有在未由連接子探針結合之端上結 二# ^ #之序列’且在另—端含有結合㈣探針之常 =列。隨後添加_探針,其與所有偵測連接子結合 探=含有作用於最後添加之化學發光過氧化酶底物之酶。、 室)進由行〇ΓΓΓ使盤自底部成像且使用vues—實驗 基因之/現量/以=&quot;^|0均像素強度以測定各 TBP正規化 之任意水平將表現量針對管家基因 —孔3有一些疋素之基因表現在孔中其— ^卜的光點。若該範圍過高,則信號隨不可貞之姐= 养核苦酸之已知量㈣貞測之財性 樣品探針,但不可社。 w生暴核苦酸可結合 A m 口盤。若該範圍過低,則蕻ώ η 基因使用多個樣品探針來增大信號,藉由對相同 列結合樣品隱,且相同序列結合連接子中探^分之不同序 130267.doc -93· 200907067 基因之選擇 如引言之最後一段中所述,使用在4個先前重要DLBCL 論文中經鑑別為預後性重要之關鍵基因。該等基因說明36 種所關注基因(Lossos,2004 ; Rosenwald,2002 ; Shipp, 2002 ; Tome, 2005)。由於人類腫瘤樣品中細胞組成之異質 性,亦包括經設計來測試B細胞(CD 1 9、CD20)、T細胞 (CD3)及組織細胞(CD68)之腫瘤組成之探針。最後,基於 先前公開之評估不同内源性表現基因作為管家基因之效用 之研究,選擇兩種管家基因TBP及PRKG1,其鑑別該兩種 基因在不同類型之淋巴瘤中在低或中等含量下極穩定表現 (Lossos, 2003)。該兩種管家基因在用於產生檢定之3個孔 之每一者中重複。添加寡dT探針以評估樣品中mRNA之量 (因為寡dT探針應偵測具有poly-A尾之所有mRNA)。然 而,出於技術原因,此探針為非功能性且未經進一步利 用。最初亦包括細胞色素氧化酶探針,因為其編碼於粒線 體DNA中,且應以高量表現。此原來是結合DNA與RNA, 且因此得到極其明亮且通常過飽和之信號且因此未進一步 考慮,但其可用於辨別是否存在不足之檢定物質,或是否 其已完全消失,就使用而言樣品過分降解。該等基因列於 圖10之表中。 免疫組織化學及攝影術(IHC) 對陣列上存在之基因之蛋白質產物實施IHC。對於該等 基因而言,已常規實施臨床IHC檢定。該等包括CD20、 CD3、CD68、BCL2、BCL6及 HLA-DR。藉由具有 Ventana 130267.doc • 94- 200907067 I-視圖 4貞測之 Ventana Benchmark XT儀器(Ventana Medical Systems Incorporated, Tucson, Arizona)(VMSI)進行所有染 色。使用具有儀器上抗原修復之標準臨床實驗室染色程 序。使用抗 CD20 (VMSI,純系 L26)、CD3 (VMSI,純系 PS1)、CD68 (VMSI,純系 KP1)、BCL2 (VMSI,純系 B4-2/100/D5)、BCL6(純系 IG191E/AB)及 HLA-DR (Biogenix, 純系LN3)之單株抗體。藉由使用1〇χ目鏡及4〇χ/0.65物鏡 之Labophot-2顯微鏡(Nikon, Melville, ΝΥ)進行照相。使用 SPOT-RT 2.2.0 彩色照相機及 SPOT Advanced 4.0.9 軟體 (Diagnostic Instruments, Sterling Heights, MI)捕獲且數位 獲得影像,隨後將其插入PowerPoint 10 (Microsoft, Redman, WA)中進行處理0 統計學方法: 對1 8個病例進行統計學分析,其中結果來自基因表現之 ArrayPlate 與 Affymetix/Lymphochip分析。對各基因而言, 獲得3種研究方法之各逐對比較之斯皮爾曼(Spearman)等級 次序相關性。對於特定比較而言,由於能力考慮,不進行 小於1 0個可用觀測結果之分析。計算各逐對比較之可用基 因之間的中值總相關性;對於所有3個逐對比較而言,僅 包括具有可用資料之基因以避免偏差。如由ArrayPlate所 測量關於總存活之基因表現之單變數分析結果(風險比, 95%信賴區間,及p值)係獲自Cox回歸模型(Cox DR. Regression models and life tables. J Royal Stat Soc B. 1972; B34:187-220)。 130267.doc •95- 200907067 彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤(DLBCL)細胞中關於基因表現之 臨床研究描述於圖12-25中。 結果 冷凍組織之測試效能且與FFPE進行比較:對於所有44 種所關注基因而言,可設計適合特異性探針及連接子探 針。對於8種基因而言,信號隨不可偵測之競爭性寡核苷 酸而降低。對於4種基因而言,信號必須隨多種探針之加 性定量而增大(隨如本文中所展示)。在兩種管家基因 PRKG1與TBP之間,TBp具有較強且更均一的發光結果。 因此將所有資料針對TBP正規化,將其人工設定為1 〇〇〇(資 料未展示)。檢定效能線性降至每孔0.125 mg樣品。RNA酶 及DNA酶處理證實檢定僅對rnA偵測具特異性。對上清液 及細胞溶菌液之測試測定RNA未自組織提取(僅使用細胞 溶菌液之積極結果)。此或許解釋冷凍組織與FFPE組織之 間的良好相關性,因為不必自組織提取RNA。關於冷束良 性淋巴結之四重操作之CV在8%-1 5%之範圍内(資料未展 示)。對於溶菌液對瞬間冷凍(R2 = 〇.989)、瞬間冷凍對FFPE (R2=0.991)、溶菌液對FFPE (R2=0.994)而言,不同類型之 組織製劑之間的比較為出色的(資料未展示)。 確認 ArrayPlate技術為 RT-PCR及 IHC : 如由定量RT-PCR所證實,ArrayPlate結果精確反映DB細 胞株轉染物純系 1-5 中 HLA-DRA、HLA-DRB、HLA-DQA 及HLA-DPA之mRNA增加(資料未展示)。關於該等包埋細 胞株之FFPE之四重實驗之變化係數在7%-9%範圍内(圖 130267.doc -96· 200907067 4A)。该等ArrayPlate結果與預後性顯著基因及基因產物之 免疫組織化學染色圖案良好相關(圖5A-5D)。 相同樣品之新石蠟塊與保存石蠟塊之間的相關性: 根據相同活組織檢查,新石蠟塊與舊石蠟塊之間的相關 性極佳(圖4B)。該新石蟻塊係取自在活組織檢查時已冷康 之瞬間冷H織部分,將其迅速除霜,固定於福馬林中且 包埋。將結果與18年前在患者手術時由相m織檢查製 成之同型石壤塊進行比較^此結果指示該檢定可應用於陳 年保存物質。 不同mRNA定量技術之間的相關性。 藉由ArrayPIate分析來分析保#FFpE Dlbcl之4〇個其他 病例。39個病例經成功分析。一病例完全無信號。藉由 P〇iyT探針之原位雜交證實此病例不具有任何完 將關於剩餘39個病例之結果與使用斯皮爾曼等級統計學 (Spearman Rank Statistics)之先前 Affymetrix及競爭性 GEp 陣列結果進行比較,如表2中所示。因為並非所有基因結 果可用於所有平台i ’所以如表中所示,存在頻繁丢失資 料。ArrayPlate對Affymetrix之相關性中位數為〇 52, ArrayPlate對Lymphochip之相關性中位數為〇乃,且 Affymetrix對Lymphochip之相關性中位數為〇 78。可理解 後者相關性較高,因為該兩種分析係對獲自相同冷凍組織 塊之RNA之等分試樣進行,而ArrayPlate分析係對不同塊 (但來自相同試樣)進行。總之,對於此類型之技術而言, 該等具出色相關性。 130267.doc -97- 200907067 如由ArrayPlate評估與其他GEp技術相比之預後性基因之 風險比。 與存活相比,隨後將44種基因之結果與使用ΑΓ^ρ_ 成功分析之39個病例進行比較。首先,進行基因表現量對 患者存活之單變數分析。然而,基因種無—者與存在顯著 相關,其係歸因於此研究組中病例之低數目(因為在較大 組患者中該等基因全部與存活相關)。計算各基因之死亡 風險比。對於風險比&gt;1而言,存在增加之死亡風險且對 於風險比&lt; 1而言,存在降低之死亡風險。對於各基因而 言,該等風險比之趨勢通常為與其在獲得其顯著性之較大 資料集中相同之方向。進行一致性(風險比高於或低於丨之 結果)之比較。對於Affymetrix對Lymphochip資料之比較而 言,兩種方法在33種基因中有29種一致(88%),對於 ArrayPlate對Affymetrix而言,兩種方法在4〇種基因中有3〇 種一致(75%)’對於ArrayPlate對Lymphochip而言,兩種方 法在34種基因中有27種一致(79%)。 通常基因表現之定量測量不與蛋白質產物之含量之測量 良好相關。此圖證實測量總RNA(在此情況下由核酸酶保 護)之福馬林固定組織之基因表現的測量可得到與由免疫 組織化學方法原位測量之蛋白質產物之含量定量相關的結 果。藉由核酸酶保護檢定來測量來自三名已經診斷具有彌 漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤或良性反應性淋巴結之患者之固定组 織樣品。三種基因(HLA-DR、Bel 2及CD 20)之含量由柱狀 圖描述。對於各患者而言,藉由免疫組織化學(IHC)來測 130267.doc -98- 200907067 量該等基因之蛋白質產物。描述染色載4,以及各蛋白質 標誌物之相對定量含量(高表現、中等表現、低表現)。注 意到IHC蛋白質含量與基因表現量相關。彌漫性大b細胞 淋巴瘤之診斷係基於組織學及原位測量。該等資料暗示其 亦可基於使用其中空間背景(spatial c〇ntext)已丟失、但定 量測量總寡核苷酸含量之檢定自組織測量之基因表現量, 或可使用此等方法獲得其他預後性及診斷性資訊。 實例3 : qNPA技術在研究及/或診斷學中之利用 本發明可用於基礎科學研究及診斷應用中。舉例而言, 可使用上文所述方法常規地分析基因/蛋白質之表現的藥 物誘導性變化。代表性實例描述於下。 利福平(Rifampicin)介導之基因調節 使用前述qNPA技術來分析利福平(具有已知肝毒性作用 之抗生素)對基因表現之調節。用〇_丨〇 4^1利福平培育人類 或犬原生肝細胞且使用qNPA分析各種代謝酶之主要轉錄 物之水平。該等結果呈示於圖26-27中。 如圖26之圖(A)中所呈示’該等基因表現研究提供藥理 學測量(例如ECm值)利福平之酶誘導之方式。另外,可對 人類及犬樣品進行比較性研究。在人類中,由利福平誘導 細胞色素 P450 酶 Cyp3 A4、Cyp2C9、CyP2B6、GSTA2 及 SULT2A1。Cyp2D6及PXR得到抑制,此指示不良藥物反 應。然而,對該等酶之抑制率小於50%(圖27之圖A)。 在犬肝細胞中,CyplAl、Cyp2D15及Cyp2A337基因得 到上調。然而,不同於人類細胞,利福平處理未導致對任 130267.doc -99- 200907067 該等結果展示於圖26及圖27之圖 何所分析的基因之抑制 ⑻中。 於弄清本發明之基 疇之情況下,可對 種使用及條件。 根據上述描述,熟習此項技術者可易 本特徵,且在不悖離本發明之精神及範 本發明作出改變及更改以使其適應於各 咸信熟習此項技術者可利用前面描述 明。因此,前述較佳特定實施例應理 但無論如何並非以任何方式限制本揭 無需進一步詳述, 最大程度地利用本發 解為僅為說明性的, 示案之其餘部分。 /前述内容及實例中’除非另外說明,否則所有溫度均 係以攝氏度未經修正而列出,且所有份數及百分比均係以 重量計。 藉由用本發明之一 |或特定描j^之反應物及/或操作條 件替代前述實例中㈣之反應物及/或操作條件,重複前 述實例可獲得類似成功。 圖式中及上文所引用之所有中請案、專利及公開案之全 部揭示内容以及2007年3月30日申請之相應美國臨時申請 案第60/920,814號之全部揭示内容及2〇08年1月3曰申請之 美國臨時申請案第61/018,717號之全部揭示内容係以引用 之方式併入本文中。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1說明用於偵測一生物樣品中之不溶標靶(例如交聯 RNA)之流程。 圖2(A)說明生物樣品中基因表現之定量核酸酶保護檢定 130267.doc -100- 200907067 (qNPA)。將固定組織溶解且使用ARRAYPLATE利用qNPA 檢定來量化粒狀組織切片及上清液中之mRNA含量。將冷 凍組織樣品用作陽性對照物。B)說明第二溶解樣品之小球 對上清液中RNA含量之比例。C)提供A)用於分析經福馬林 固定石蠟包埋組織中RNA標靶之特定實施例。 圖3說明該技術用於測量組織中之RNA之適用性。 圖4(A)為關於FFPE結腸之ArrayPlate mRNA檢定之示意 圖。(B)說明冷凍肝及經福馬林固定石蠟包埋之切片之滴 定。代表性測量結果展示於插圖(右圖)中。 圖5(A)說明冷凍肝及固定肝中之可比基因表現。圖(B) 說明冷凍肝對FFPE肝中基因表現之相關性。 圖6表示來自新鮮固定樣品對1 8年儲存固定樣品之相同 定量結果。 圖7展現關於FFPE肝之ArrayPlate mRNA檢定之線性。 圖8說明冷凍肝對FFPE肝中之相對基因表現。 圖9(A)說明關於FFPE肝之ArrayPlate mRNA檢定之再現 性及關於冷;東樣品對新鮮樣品之檢定靈敏性。(B)說明病 毒核酸測量中qNPA診斷學之確認。 圖10展示在彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤(DLBCL)基因表現檢 定中分析之基因之列表。 圖11說明ARRAYPLATE DLBCL基因表現檢定中基因之 布局。 圖1 2說明關於各種介質之檢定之相容性。分析使用 qNPA檢定對新鮮製備之樣品、經福馬林固定石蠟包埋之 130267.doc -101 - 200907067 樣品及OCT冷凍樣品所測量之各種基因之表現。 圖13說明新鮮製備之樣品、經福馬林固定石蠟包埋之樣 品及OCT冷凍樣品之間關於各種基因之表現之雙向相關 性。使用qNPA檢定進行基因表現分析。 圖14說明使用ARRAYPLATE分析測試臨床活組織檢查組 織塊。使用三個不同生物標誌物來分析四個不同活組織檢 查樣品。 圖1 5說明臨床活組織檢查組織塊之Ar ray Plate mRN A檢 定之再現性。 圖16(A)說明陣列1之基因表現之結果(參見圖I5)。圖(B) 展示四個活組織檢查樣品中基因表現之平均正規化信號。 圖17(A)說明陣列2之基因表現之結果(參見圖15)。圖(B) 展示四個活組織檢查樣品中基因表現之平均正規化信號。 圖18說明彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤樣品(病例1)中抗原表現 之免疫組織化學(IHC)分析。將樣品用蘇木精及曙紅(H&amp;E) 染色,且分析 HLA-DR、BCL-6、BCL-2、CD-20 及 BCL-68 表現。 圖1 9說明彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤樣品(病例2)中抗原表現 之免疫組織化學(IHC)分析。將樣品用蘇木精及曙紅(H&amp;E) 染色,且分析HLA-DR、BCL-6、BCL-2、CD-20 及 BCL-68 表現。 圖20說明在病例3中良性反應性淋巴結(LN)中抗原表現 之免疫組織化學(IHC)分析。將樣品用蘇木精及曙紅(H&amp;E) 染色,且分析 HLA-DR、BCL-6、BCL-2、CD-20 及 BCL-68 130267.doc -102- 200907067 表現。 圖2 1-23概述圖18-20之結果且展示三個生物樣品中HLA-DR、BCL-6及BCL-2表現之免疫組織化學分析(IHC)。IHC 之發現與使用ARRAYPLATE qNPA檢定之活組織檢查樣品 之基因表現分析相關。 圖24展示在蛋白質(由免疫組織化學分析)及RNA(使用定 量核酸酶保護檢定[qNPA]分析)水平下HLA-DR、BCL-6及 BCL-2之表現之間的相關性。 圖25擴展圖24之研究以包括CD20及CD3抗原。 圖26提供傳導基因表現研究之定量核酸酶保護檢定 (ARRAYPLATE)之效用的代表性實例。使用qNPA檢定測量 (A)人類肝細胞或(B)犬肝細胞中各種細胞色素P45〇同功異 型物之表現之利福平(Rifampicin)誘導調節。 圖27藉由以擴展形式呈現資料來概述圖26之結果。由5 μΜ利福平顯著誘導/抑制之基因提供於右圖中。 圖28提供定製設計陣列及其中包含之基因(具有GenBank 寄存編號)之代表性實例。 圖29說明對照(未經處理)及實驗(經安妥明(cl〇fibrate)處 理)PC-3樣品(n=3)中定製陣列1及2之基因表現結果。 先前技術已提及對於PCR及微陣列方法而言提取RNA、 將其溶解之需要。參考文獻亦指示此可溶之提取RNA之品 質對於rcr或微陣列結果的品質為關鍵的。因此qNPA為獨 特的,因為不需要提取。 130267.doc -103-ArrayPlate Verification The ArrayPlate assay has been previously described (Martel, 2002). Briefly, after the cells or tissues have been dissolved, denatured, and infiltrated by heating in a laboratory buffer as described above, the frozen samples are transferred to a laboratory for analysis. In the laboratory, the probe specific for the gene of interest is incubated with the sample at 60 ° C for 6 hours to form a specific probe-RNA duplex, followed by digestion of the unhybridized probe and RNA by S1 nuclease. . The DLBCL gene is listed in the table of Figure 10 130267.doc - 92 · 200907067. Second, alkaline hydrolysis is used to separate the mRNA from the duplex, leaving a complete probe at a concentration proportional to the amount of specific mRNA originally present. After neutralization, the sample is then hybridized to the detection disk. The detection disk was formed from a set of 16 unique anchor DNA polymer aggregates in a 4χ4 grid that was spotted on the bottom of the 96-well disk. This universal array is designed for the gene of interest by the addition of 16 linker probes containing a sequence that binds to the gene of interest at one end and a mis-oligomer at the other end - The sequence of the person. Three separate sets of linker probes were used for the gene of interest at a rate of 3 wells per assay. After hybridization, the sample probe is bound to the disk by a linker probe. Add Detect: Connection: 'The sequence at the end contains the sequence #2# on the end not bound by the linker probe and the constant = column on the other end contains the bound (four) probe. A _probe is then added which binds to all of the detected linkers = an enzyme that acts on the last added chemiluminescent peroxidase substrate. , room) by the 〇ΓΓΓ 〇ΓΓΓ 盘 盘 盘 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 v 且 v v v v v v v v Hole 3 has some genes for the alizarin expressed in the pores of the pores. If the range is too high, then the signal is not known to the sister = the known amount of nuclear acid (four) speculative financial sample probe, but not. w violent nuclear bitter acid can be combined with A m mouth plate. If the range is too low, the η η gene uses multiple sample probes to increase the signal, by binding the same column to the sample, and the same sequence binds to the different orders in the linker 130267.doc -93· 200907067 Gene selection As described in the last paragraph of the introduction, key genes identified as prognostic in four previously important DLBCL papers were used. These genes represent 36 genes of interest (Lossos, 2004; Rosenwald, 2002; Shipp, 2002; Tome, 2005). Due to the heterogeneity of cellular composition in human tumor samples, probes designed to test the tumor composition of B cells (CD19, CD20), T cells (CD3), and tissue cells (CD68) are also included. Finally, based on previously published studies evaluating the effects of different endogenously expressed genes as housekeeping genes, two housekeeping genes, TBP and PRKG1, were selected, which identified the two genes at low or medium levels in different types of lymphoma. Stable performance (Lossos, 2003). The two housekeeping genes are repeated in each of the 3 wells used to generate the assay. The oligo dT probe was added to assess the amount of mRNA in the sample (since the oligo dT probe should detect all mRNAs with poly-A tails). However, for technical reasons, this probe is non-functional and has not been further utilized. Cytochrome oxidase probes are also included initially because they are encoded in mitochondrial DNA and should be expressed in high amounts. This was originally a combination of DNA and RNA, and thus gave a very bright and usually supersaturated signal and therefore not further considered, but it can be used to discern whether there is an insufficient assay substance, or if it has completely disappeared, and the sample is excessively degraded in use. . These genes are listed in the table of Figure 10. Immunohistochemistry and photography (IHC) IHC is performed on the protein product of the genes present on the array. Clinical IHC assays have been routinely performed for these genes. These include CD20, CD3, CD68, BCL2, BCL6 and HLA-DR. All staining was performed by a Ventana Benchmark XT instrument (Ventana Medical Systems Incorporated, Tucson, Arizona) (VMSI) with Ventana 130267.doc • 94- 200907067 I-view 4 speculation. Standard clinical laboratory staining procedures with on-board antigen retrieval are used. Use anti-CD20 (VMSI, pure L26), CD3 (VMSI, pure PS1), CD68 (VMSI, pure KP1), BCL2 (VMSI, pure B4-2/100/D5), BCL6 (pure IG191E/AB) and HLA- Monoclonal antibody to DR (Biogenix, pure LN3). Photographs were performed by using a Labopite-2 microscope (Nikon, Melville, ΝΥ) using a 1 〇χ eyepiece and a 4 〇χ / 0.65 objective lens. Images were acquired and digitally acquired using a SPOT-RT 2.2.0 color camera and SPOT Advanced 4.0.9 software (Diagnostic Instruments, Sterling Heights, MI), which was then inserted into PowerPoint 10 (Microsoft, Redman, WA) for processing. Methods: Statistical analysis was performed on 18 cases, the results from ArrayPlate and Affymetix/Lymphochip analysis of gene expression. For each gene, the Spearman rank order correlation of each pairwise comparison of the three research methods was obtained. For a particular comparison, no analysis of less than 10 available observations is performed due to capacity considerations. The median total correlation between the available genes for each pairwise comparison is calculated; for all three pairwise comparisons, only genes with available data are included to avoid bias. The results of the single variable analysis (hazard ratio, 95% confidence interval, and p-value) as measured by ArrayPlate for total survival gene performance were obtained from Cox DR. Regression models and life tables. J Royal Stat Soc B 1972; B34: 187-220). 130267.doc •95- 200907067 Clinical studies on gene expression in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) cells are depicted in Figures 12-25. Results The test performance of frozen tissues was compared to FFPE: for all 44 genes of interest, specific probes and linker probes were designed. For the eight genes, the signal decreases with undetectable competitive oligonucleotides. For the four genes, the signal must increase with the additive quantitation of multiple probes (as shown herein). TBp has a stronger and more uniform luminescence result between the two housekeeping genes, PRKG1 and TBP. Therefore, all data is normalized to TBP and manually set to 1 〇〇〇 (data not shown). The assay performance was linearly reduced to 0.125 mg per well. RNase and DNase treatment confirmed that the assay was only specific for rnA detection. The supernatant and cell lysate assays determined that RNA was not self-organized (only positive results using cell lysates). This may explain the good correlation between frozen tissue and FFPE tissue because RNA extraction from tissue is not necessary. The CV for the quadruple operation of the cold bundle benign lymph nodes ranged from 8% to 15% (data not shown). For the lysate for instant freezing (R2 = 〇.989), instant freezing for FFPE (R2 = 0.919), lysate for FFPE (R2 = 0.994), the comparison between different types of tissue preparations is excellent (data) Not shown). Confirmation of ArrayPlate technology for RT-PCR and IHC: As confirmed by quantitative RT-PCR, ArrayPlate results accurately reflect HLA-DRA, HLA-DRB, HLA-DQA and HLA-DPA in DB cell line transfectants 1-5 Increase in mRNA (data not shown). The coefficient of variation for the four experiments of FFPE for these embedded cell strains ranged from 7% to 9% (Fig. 130267.doc-96·200907067 4A). These ArrayPlate results correlate well with immunohistochemical staining patterns of prognostic significant genes and gene products (Figures 5A-5D). Correlation between new paraffin blocks of the same sample and preserved paraffin blocks: According to the same biopsy, the correlation between the new paraffin block and the old paraffin block was excellent (Fig. 4B). The new stone ant block was taken from the cold H-woven portion that was cold at the time of biopsy, quickly defrosted, fixed in the formalin and embedded. The results were compared with the same type of rocky soil that was produced by the phase-by-mesh inspection at the time of the patient's surgery 18 years ago. This result indicates that the test can be applied to aged preservation materials. Correlation between different mRNA quantification techniques. Four other cases of #FFpE Dlbcl were analyzed by ArrayPIate analysis. 39 cases were successfully analyzed. One case had no signal at all. In situ hybridization with the P〇iyT probe confirmed that this case did not have any comparison of the results of the remaining 39 cases with the previous Affymetrix and competitive GEp array results using Spearman Rank Statistics. , as shown in Table 2. Since not all gene results are available for all platforms i', as shown in the table, there are frequent missing data. The median correlation of ArrayPlate to Affymetrix was 〇 52, the median correlation of ArrayPlate to Lymphochip was 〇, and the median correlation of Affymetrix to Lymphochip was 〇 78. It is understood that the latter correlation is higher because the two analyses are performed on aliquots of RNA obtained from the same frozen tissue block, while the ArrayPlate analysis is performed on different blocks (but from the same sample). In summary, for this type of technology, these have excellent correlations. 130267.doc -97- 200907067 The risk ratio of prognostic genes compared to other GEp technologies was assessed by ArrayPlate. The results of 44 genes were then compared to 39 cases successfully analyzed using ΑΓ^ρ_ compared to survival. First, a single variable analysis of gene expression to patient survival is performed. However, the absence of the gene species was significantly associated with the presence, which was attributed to the low number of cases in this study group (because in the larger group of patients all of these genes were associated with survival). Calculate the death risk ratio for each gene. For risk ratio &gt; 1, there is an increased risk of death and for risk ratio &lt; 1, there is a reduced risk of death. For each gene, the risk ratio is usually in the same direction as the larger data set in which it is significant. A comparison of consistency (risk ratio is higher or lower than 丨). For Affymetrix's comparison of Lymphochip data, 29 of the 33 genes were consistent (88%) for the two methods, and 3 of the 4 genes for the ArrayPlate for Affymetrix (75). %)' For ArrayPlate, for Lymphochip, 27 of the 34 genes were consistent (79%). Usually the quantitative measurement of gene expression is not well correlated with the measurement of the content of protein products. This figure demonstrates that measurement of the gene expression of the formalin-fixed tissue measuring total RNA (in this case protected by nucleases) results in quantitative correlation with the amount of protein product measured in situ by immunohistochemistry. Fixed tissue samples from three patients who had been diagnosed with diffuse large B-cell lymphoma or benign reactive lymph nodes were measured by nuclease protection assay. The content of the three genes (HLA-DR, Bel 2 and CD 20) is described by a histogram. For each patient, the protein product of these genes was measured by immunohistochemistry (IHC) 130267.doc -98- 200907067. Describe the staining load 4 and the relative quantitative content of each protein marker (high performance, medium performance, low performance). Note that IHC protein content is related to gene expression. Diffuse large b-cell lymphoma diagnosis is based on histology and in situ measurements. Such data suggest that it may also be based on the use of spatial expression (spatial c〇ntext) that has been lost, but quantitatively measures the total oligonucleotide content of the assay for self-organized measurement of gene expression, or may use such methods to obtain other prognostic And diagnostic information. Example 3: Use of qNPA technology in research and/or diagnostics The present invention can be used in basic scientific research and diagnostic applications. For example, drug inducible changes in gene/protein expression can be routinely analyzed using the methods described above. Representative examples are described below. Rifapicin-mediated gene regulation The aforementioned qNPA technique was used to analyze the regulation of gene expression by rifampicin (an antibiotic with known hepatotoxic effects). Human or canine native hepatocytes were cultured with 〇_丨〇 4^1 rifampicin and qNPA was used to analyze the levels of major transcripts of various metabolic enzymes. These results are presented in Figures 26-27. As shown in Figure 26 (A), the gene expression studies provide a pharmacological measurement (e.g., ECm value) for the enzyme-induced manner of rifampicin. In addition, comparative studies can be performed on human and canine samples. In humans, cytochrome P450 enzymes Cyp3 A4, Cyp2C9, CyP2B6, GSTA2 and SULT2A1 were induced by rifampicin. Cyp2D6 and PXR are inhibited, indicating a poor drug response. However, the inhibition rate of these enzymes was less than 50% (panel A of Figure 27). In canine liver cells, CyplAl, Cyp2D15 and Cyp2A337 genes are up-regulated. However, unlike human cells, rifampicin treatment did not result in the inhibition of the genes shown in Figures 26 and 27, as shown in Figure 26 and Figure 27 (8). In the case where the domain of the present invention is clarified, the use and conditions can be used. In view of the foregoing, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the present invention may be modified and modified without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Therefore, the foregoing specific embodiments are to be considered in all respects, and are not intended to / In the foregoing and examples, unless otherwise stated, all temperatures are listed in degrees Celsius without modification, and all parts and percentages are by weight. A similar success can be obtained by repeating the foregoing examples by using one of the present inventions or specific reactants and/or operating conditions in place of the reactants and/or operating conditions of (4) of the foregoing examples. The entire disclosure of all of the claims, patents, and publications cited in the drawings, and the entire disclosures of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/920,814, filed on March 30, 2007, and the entire disclosure of The entire disclosure of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/018, the entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire content BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 illustrates the flow for detecting an insoluble target (e.g., cross-linked RNA) in a biological sample. Figure 2 (A) illustrates a quantitative nuclease protection assay for gene expression in a biological sample 130267.doc -100- 200907067 (qNPA). The fixed tissue was dissolved and the mRNA content in the granular tissue sections and supernatant was quantified using the ARRAYPLATE using the qNPA assay. A frozen tissue sample was used as a positive control. B) Describe the ratio of the amount of RNA in the supernatant to the pellet of the second dissolved sample. C) Provided A) specific examples for the analysis of RNA targets in formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tissues. Figure 3 illustrates the applicability of this technique for measuring RNA in tissues. Figure 4 (A) is a schematic representation of the ArrayPlate mRNA assay for FFPE colon. (B) A titration of frozen liver and a section of paraffin-embedded paraffin embedded. Representative measurements are shown in the inset (right). Figure 5 (A) illustrates comparable gene expression in frozen liver and fixed liver. Figure (B) illustrates the correlation of frozen liver to gene expression in FFPE liver. Figure 6 shows the same quantitative results from fresh fixed samples for storage of fixed samples for 18 years. Figure 7 shows the linearity of the ArrayPlate mRNA assay for FFPE liver. Figure 8 illustrates the relative gene expression of frozen liver in FFPE liver. Figure 9 (A) illustrates the reproducibility of the ArrayPlate mRNA assay for FFPE liver and the sensitivity of the cold sample to the fresh sample; (B) Demonstration of qNPA diagnostics in the measurement of viral nucleic acids. Figure 10 shows a list of genes analyzed in a diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) gene expression assay. Figure 11 illustrates the layout of genes in the ARRAYPLATE DLBCL gene performance assay. Figure 12 illustrates the compatibility of assays for various media. The performance of the various genes measured on the freshly prepared samples, the formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded 130267.doc-101 - 200907067 samples and the OCT frozen samples was analyzed using the qNPA assay. Figure 13 illustrates the bidirectional correlation between the freshly prepared samples, the formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded samples, and the OCT frozen samples for the performance of various genes. Gene expression analysis was performed using the qNPA assay. Figure 14 illustrates the testing of clinical biopsy tissue blocks using ARRAYPLATE analysis. Three different biopsy samples were analyzed using three different biomarkers. Figure 15 illustrates the reproducibility of the Ar ray Plate mRN A assay of a clinical biopsy tissue block. Figure 16 (A) illustrates the results of gene expression of array 1 (see Figure I5). Panel (B) shows the average normalized signal of gene expression in four biopsy samples. Figure 17 (A) illustrates the results of gene expression of array 2 (see Figure 15). Panel (B) shows the average normalized signal of gene expression in four biopsy samples. Figure 18 illustrates immunohistochemical (IHC) analysis of antigen expression in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma samples (case 1). The samples were stained with hematoxylin and eosin (H&amp;E) and analyzed for HLA-DR, BCL-6, BCL-2, CD-20 and BCL-68 expression. Figure 19 illustrates immunohistochemical (IHC) analysis of antigenic expression in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma samples (case 2). The samples were stained with hematoxylin and eosin (H&amp;E) and analyzed for HLA-DR, BCL-6, BCL-2, CD-20 and BCL-68 expression. Figure 20 illustrates an immunohistochemical (IHC) analysis of antigen expression in benign reactive lymph nodes (LN) in Case 3. The samples were stained with hematoxylin and eosin (H&amp;E) and analyzed for HLA-DR, BCL-6, BCL-2, CD-20 and BCL-68 130267.doc -102-200907067. Figure 2 1-23 summarizes the results of Figures 18-20 and shows immunohistochemical analysis (IHC) of HLA-DR, BCL-6, and BCL-2 expression in three biological samples. The discovery of IHC was associated with gene expression analysis using biopsy samples from the ARRAYPLATE qNPA assay. Figure 24 shows the correlation between the expression of HLA-DR, BCL-6 and BCL-2 at the levels of protein (analyzed by immunohistochemistry) and RNA (analyzed by quantitative nuclease protection assay [qNPA]). Figure 25 expands the study of Figure 24 to include CD20 and CD3 antigens. Figure 26 provides a representative example of the utility of a quantitative nuclease protection assay (ARRAYPLATE) for conducting gene expression studies. Rifampicin-induced regulation was measured using qNPA assays (A) human hepatocytes or (B) expression of various cytochrome P45 〇 isoforms in canine liver cells. Figure 27 summarizes the results of Figure 26 by presenting the data in an expanded form. The gene significantly induced/inhibited by 5 μ of rifampicin is provided in the right panel. Figure 28 provides a representative example of a custom designed array and the genes contained therein (with GenBank accession numbers). Figure 29 illustrates the results of gene expression of custom arrays 1 and 2 in control (untreated) and experimental (cl〇fibrate treated) PC-3 samples (n=3). The prior art has mentioned the need to extract RNA and dissolve it for PCR and microarray methods. The reference also indicates that the quality of this soluble extracted RNA is critical to the quality of the rcr or microarray results. Therefore qNPA is unique because no extraction is required. 130267.doc -103-

Claims (1)

200907067 十、申請專利範圍: 1 · 一種偵測一生物樣品中之至少一個不溶標|巴之方法,其 包含: (i) 使該樣品與至少一種可與該標靶特異性結合之核酸 酶保護分子(NPM)接觸, (ii) 在可有效除去任何未結合NPM之條件下使該樣品曝 露於一或多種試劑中, (iii) 視情況使結合NPM與該標靶分離,及 (iv) 偵測該NPM之存在。 2. 如請求項1之方法,其包含偵測呈結合或游離形式之該 NPM。 3. 如請求項1之方法,其中該不溶標乾係經固定及/或交 聯。 4. 如請求項1之方法,其中該不溶標把為肽、蛋白質或核 酸。 5 ·如請求項4之方法,其中該核酸分子包含可含有非天然 鹼基之核糖核酸(RNA)分子或去氧核糖核酸(DNA)分 子,或反義核苷酸。 6. 如請求項5之方法,其中該RNA為信息RNA (mRNA)、核糖 體 RNA (rRNA)、轉移 RNA (tRNA)、微 RNA (miRNA)、 siRNA及反義RNA或病毒RNA (vRNA)。 7. 如請求項5之方法,其中該DNA為染色體組DNA (gDNA)、粒線體 DNA (mtDNA)、葉綠體 DNA (cpDNA)或 病毒DNA (vDNA)或轉染DNA。 130267.doc 200907067 8.如請求項1之方法,其中該NPM包含與該標靶特異性結 合之核酸或適體。 9·如請求項8之方法,其中該標靶為蛋白質、肽、聚核苷 酸、或能夠與該核酸或適體NPM雜交之蛋白質。 10·如請求項9之方法,其中該標靶為核酸。 11 ·如請求項8之方法,其中該NPM包含DNA分子。 12. 如請求項11之方法,其中該NPM為單鏈DNA (ssDNA)或 分枝DNA(bDNA)分子’或含有LNA或PNA或其他非天然 驗基。 13. 如請求項1之方法’其中該NPM為與該標靶特異性結合 之核酸,且步驟(ii)包含用核酸酶處理以有效除去任何未 結合NPM。 1 4.如請求項1 3之方法,其中該標靶為核酸。 1 5.如請求項13之方法’其中該標靶為可含有非天然鹼基之 RNA分子、siRNA或反義RNA。 1 6 ·如請求項1 5之方法,其中該標靶RN A分子與完整NPM分 子或其部分雜交。 1 7.如請求項13之方法,其中該NPM為單鏈DNA (ssDNA)或 分枝(bDNA) DNA。 18. 如請求項13之方法,其中該核酸酶為DNA酶、RNA酶或 其組合。 19. 如請求項13之方法,其中該NPM為DNA分子且該核酸酶 為DNA酶。 20. 如請求項13之方法,其中該核酸酶為S1核酸酶。 130267.doc 200907067 21. 如請求項1之方法’其中該生物樣品係經固定。 22. 如請求項1之方法,其中該生物樣品包含使標靶分子交 聯之試劑。 23. 如請求項21之方法’其中該固定包含用乙醇、福馬林、 二硫代雙(丙酸琥珀醯亞胺基酯)(DSP)處理該樣品。 24. 如請求項1之方法’其中該標靶係經交聯。 25 .如請求項24之方法’其中該標靶係經辛二酸雙[磺基琥珀 醯亞胺基]酯(BS3)、辛二酸二琥珀醯亞胺基酯(DSS)、戊 一 —琥珀醯亞胺基酯(dsg)、酒石酸二琥珀醯亞胺基 醋(DST)、戊二酸·或其衍生物交聯。 26.如請求項1之方法,其用於偵測一固定生物樣品中之至 少一個不溶核酸標靶,其包含: (i)在足以有助於該標靶與至少一種核酸酶保護分子 (NPM)結合之條件下使該樣品與該NpM接觸,其中 該核酸酶保護分子為可與該核酸標靶特異性雜交之 核酸分子, (ii)在可有效除去任何未結合NpM之條件下使該樣品曝 露於一或多種核酸酶中, (Hi)視情況使結合NPM與該標無分離,但移除該NPM使 其不與該組織結合,及 (iv)偵測該NPM之存在。 27. 一種定量測定一 方法,其包含: 固定生物樣品中之至少—個 不溶標乾之 ⑴ 在足以有助於該標乾與至少 種核酸酶保護分子 130267.doc 200907067 (NPM)結合之條件下使該樣品與該npm接觸,其中 該核酸酶保護分子與該核酸標靶特異性雜交, (11)在可有效除去任何未結合NpM之條件下使該樣品曝 露於一或多種試劑中, (ill)視情況使結合NPM與該標靶分離,但移除該NPM使 其不與該組織結合,及 (iv)偵測該NPM之存在。 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 如β求項27之方法,其中該不溶標乾為交聯核酸。 如請求項28之方法,其中該不溶核酸為交聯mRNA、 miRNA 或 VRNA。 如凊求項27之方法,其中該NPM為SSDNA或bDNA或適 體。 如請求項27之方法,其中步驟(ii)中之該試劑包含核酸 酶。 如請求項27之方法,其中該NPM為DNA且步驟(ii)中之 試劑包含DNA酶。 如明求項27之方法,其中步驟(Η)中之該試劑包含81核酸 酶。 如明求項27之方法,其進一步包含在偵測前擴增該結合 NPM。 如响求項27之方法,其進一步包含使用鹼及/或熱使該結 合NPM與該標靶鹼基分離。 種侦/則一生物樣品中可溶及不溶形式之至少一個標把 之方法,其包含: 130267.doc 200907067 (I) 在足以有助於該標靶與至少一種核酸酶保護分子 (NPM)結合之條件下使該樣品與該NpM接觸,其中 該核酸酶保護分子與該標靶特異性結合, (II) $可有效除去任何未結合NPM之條件下使該樣品曝 露於一或多種試劑中, (III) 視情況使結合NPM與該標靶分離,及 (iv)偵測該NPM之存在。 37.如呀求項丨之方法,其中該標靶分子係在未提取之情況 下偵測。 月求項1之方法,其中該標靶分子係在未溶解之情況 下偵測。 39. 士明求項丨之方法,其進一步包含使用該標靶分子作為 模板生物合成製備NPM。 ^明求項1之方法,其進一步包含將該NPM裝配於該標 靶分子上(例如,使用PCR型引子)。 41. 如叫求項丨之方法,其包含用與該或其部分特異性 結合之探針偵測該ΝΡΜ。 42. 如叫求項26之方法,其包含用與該ΝΡΜ或其部分特異性 結合之探針偵測該ΝΡΜ。 43·如請求項27之方法,其包含用與該ΝΡΜ或其部分特異性 結合之探針偵測該ΝΡΜ。 44·如請求項36之方法,其包含用與該ΝΡΜ或其部分特異性 結合之探針偵測該ΝΡΜ。 45.如叫求項27之方法’其包含用與該ΝΡΜ或其部分特異性 130267.doc 200907067 雜交之探斜❹mNPM,其巾由該雜㈣針 係與該樣品中該不溶標乾之含量化學計量相關。5迷 46· 一種偵測—生物樣品中之至少—個固標 法’其包含: 知耙之方 ⑴在足以有助於該標靶與至少—種核酸酶保護分子 (ΝΡΜ)結合之條件下使該樣品與該ΝΡΜ接觸,其中 該核酸酶保護分子與該標靶特異性雜交, ⑻^可有效除去任何未結合麵之條件下使該樣品曝 露於一或多種核酸酶中, ⑴丨)視情況使結合ΝΡΜ與該標靶分離,及 (iv)偵測該ΝΡΜ之存在。 130267.doc200907067 X. Patent Application Range: 1 · A method for detecting at least one insoluble label in a biological sample, comprising: (i) ligating the sample with at least one nuclease that specifically binds to the target Molecular (NPM) contact, (ii) exposing the sample to one or more reagents under conditions effective to remove any unbound NPM, (iii) separating NPM from the target as appropriate, and (iv) detecting Measure the presence of the NPM. 2. The method of claim 1, comprising detecting the NPM in a combined or free form. 3. The method of claim 1, wherein the insoluble standard is fixed and/or crosslinked. 4. The method of claim 1, wherein the insoluble target is a peptide, a protein or a nucleic acid. 5. The method of claim 4, wherein the nucleic acid molecule comprises a ribonucleic acid (RNA) molecule or a deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) molecule, or an antisense nucleotide, which may contain a non-natural base. 6. The method of claim 5, wherein the RNA is information RNA (mRNA), ribosomal RNA (rRNA), transfer RNA (tRNA), microRNA (miRNA), siRNA, and antisense RNA or viral RNA (vRNA). 7. The method of claim 5, wherein the DNA is genomic DNA (gDNA), mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA), chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) or viral DNA (vDNA) or transfected DNA. The method of claim 1, wherein the NPM comprises a nucleic acid or an aptamer that specifically binds to the target. 9. The method of claim 8, wherein the target is a protein, a peptide, a polynucleotide, or a protein capable of hybridizing to the nucleic acid or aptamer NPM. 10. The method of claim 9, wherein the target is a nucleic acid. 11. The method of claim 8, wherein the NPM comprises a DNA molecule. 12. The method of claim 11, wherein the NPM is a single-stranded DNA (ssDNA) or a branched DNA (bDNA) molecule or contains LNA or PNA or other non-natural test group. 13. The method of claim 1 wherein the NPM is a nucleic acid that specifically binds to the target, and step (ii) comprises treating with a nuclease to effectively remove any unbound NPM. The method of claim 13 wherein the target is a nucleic acid. 1 5. The method of claim 13 wherein the target is an RNA molecule, siRNA or antisense RNA which may contain a non-natural base. The method of claim 15, wherein the target RN A molecule hybridizes to the intact NPM molecule or a portion thereof. The method of claim 13, wherein the NPM is single-stranded DNA (ssDNA) or branched (bDNA) DNA. 18. The method of claim 13, wherein the nuclease is DNase, RNase or a combination thereof. 19. The method of claim 13, wherein the NPM is a DNA molecule and the nuclease is a DNase. 20. The method of claim 13, wherein the nuclease is an S1 nuclease. 130267.doc 200907067 21. The method of claim 1, wherein the biological sample is fixed. 22. The method of claim 1, wherein the biological sample comprises an agent that crosslinks the target molecule. 23. The method of claim 21 wherein the immobilization comprises treating the sample with ethanol, formalin, dithiobis(succinimide propionate) (DSP). 24. The method of claim 1 wherein the target is crosslinked. 25. The method of claim 24, wherein the target is bis(sulfosuccinimide) (sodium octanoate) (BS3), diammonium iminoate (DSS), penta- Amber succinimide (dsg), disuccinimide tartaric acid (DST), glutaric acid or a derivative thereof are crosslinked. 26. The method of claim 1, which is for detecting at least one insoluble nucleic acid target in a fixed biological sample, comprising: (i) sufficient to facilitate the target and at least one nuclease protective molecule (NPM) The sample is contacted with the NpM under conditions in which the nuclease protecting molecule is a nucleic acid molecule that specifically hybridizes to the nucleic acid target, and (ii) the sample is rendered under conditions effective to remove any unbound NpM Exposure to one or more nucleases, (Hi) optionally separates the bound NPM from the target, but removes the NPM from binding to the tissue, and (iv) detects the presence of the NPM. 27. A method of quantitative assay comprising: immobilizing at least one insoluble reference in a biological sample (1) under conditions sufficient to facilitate binding of the stem to at least one nuclease protecting molecule 130267.doc 200907067 (NPM) Contacting the sample with the npm, wherein the nuclease protecting molecule specifically hybridizes to the nucleic acid target, (11) exposing the sample to one or more reagents under conditions effective to remove any unbound NpM, (ill The NPM is separated from the target as appropriate, but the NPM is removed from binding to the tissue, and (iv) the presence of the NPM is detected. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 35. 35. 36. The method of claim 27, wherein the insoluble standard is a cross-linked nucleic acid. The method of claim 28, wherein the insoluble nucleic acid is a cross-linked mRNA, miRNA or VRNA. The method of claim 27, wherein the NPM is SSDNA or bDNA or aptamer. The method of claim 27, wherein the reagent in step (ii) comprises a nuclease. The method of claim 27, wherein the NPM is DNA and the reagent in step (ii) comprises DNase. The method of claim 27, wherein the reagent in step (Η) comprises 81 nuclease. The method of claim 27, further comprising amplifying the bound NPM prior to detection. The method of claim 27, further comprising separating the bound NPM from the target base using a base and/or heat. A method of detecting at least one of a soluble and insoluble form of a biological sample, comprising: 130267.doc 200907067 (I) sufficient to facilitate binding of the target to at least one nuclease protective molecule (NPM) The sample is contacted with the NpM, wherein the nuclease protecting molecule specifically binds to the target, and (II) $ is effective to remove any unbound NPM to expose the sample to one or more reagents, (III) separating the NPM from the target as appropriate, and (iv) detecting the presence of the NPM. 37. A method of finding a target, wherein the target molecule is detected without extraction. The method of claim 1, wherein the target molecule is detected without being dissolved. 39. The method of the present invention, further comprising preparing the NPM using the target molecule as a template for biosynthesis. The method of claim 1, further comprising assembling the NPM onto the target molecule (e.g., using a PCR-type primer). 41. A method of claiming, comprising detecting the sputum with a probe that specifically binds to the portion or a portion thereof. 42. The method of claim 26, which comprises detecting the sputum with a probe that specifically binds to the sputum or a portion thereof. 43. The method of claim 27, which comprises detecting the sputum with a probe that specifically binds to the sputum or a portion thereof. 44. The method of claim 36, which comprises detecting the sputum with a probe that specifically binds to the sputum or a portion thereof. 45. The method of claim 27, which comprises using a probe ❹ mNPM that hybridizes to the sputum or a portion thereof specificity 130267.doc 200907067, the chemistry of the towel from the hetero (4) needle system and the content of the insoluble standard in the sample Measurement related. 5 迷 46· A detection—at least one solid-label method in a biological sample' comprising: a square of knowledge (1) under conditions sufficient to facilitate binding of the target to at least one nuclease-protecting molecule (ΝΡΜ) Contacting the sample with the hydrazine, wherein the nuclease protecting molecule specifically hybridizes to the target, and (8) is effective for removing any unbound surface to expose the sample to one or more nucleases, (1) 丨) The condition separates the binding enthalpy from the target and (iv) detects the presence of the sputum. 130267.doc
TW97111752A 2007-03-30 2008-03-31 Measurement of an insoluble analyte in a sample TW200907067A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US92081407P 2007-03-30 2007-03-30
US1871708P 2008-01-03 2008-01-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200907067A true TW200907067A (en) 2009-02-16

Family

ID=44723283

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW97111752A TW200907067A (en) 2007-03-30 2008-03-31 Measurement of an insoluble analyte in a sample

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW200907067A (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5735798B2 (en) Measuring method for insoluble detection in samples
US20200370095A1 (en) Spatial Analysis
US20230332247A1 (en) Methods, compositions, and systems for capturing analytes from glioblastoma samples
KR100708782B1 (en) High Throughput Assay System
CN1390263B (en) High throughput assay system
EP4180533A1 (en) Highly-multiplexed fluorescent imaging
CN1620513B (en) High throughput assay system
CN111247589A (en) Immune receptor barcode error correction
CN112912512A (en) Aptamer barcoding
CN109477095A (en) Array and its application for Single Molecule Detection
CN104603290B (en) For detecting the nuclease protection assays of nucleotide diversity
CN108368554B (en) Method for subtype typing diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL)
Zhang et al. Microarray quality control
US20230175047A1 (en) Array and method for detecting spatial information of nucleic acids
WO2023250077A1 (en) Methods, compositions, and systems for capturing probes and/or barcodes
CN117916389A (en) Spatial multiplexing using in situ reverse transcription
KR20150139582A (en) Rna microchip detection using nanoparticle-assisted signal amplification
TW200907067A (en) Measurement of an insoluble analyte in a sample
US20060147926A1 (en) Method and apparatus for performing multiple simultaneous manipulations of biomolecules in a two-dimensional array
US20230097123A1 (en) Methods and kits for identifying, diagnosing and treating prostate carcinomas
Stamps et al. Application of in situ reverse trancriptase-polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) to tissue microarrays
Zimmerman et al. Molecular techniques in immunopathology
CN116829729A (en) Methods, compositions, and systems for capture probes and/or barcodes
WO2023154554A1 (en) Materials and methods for large-scale spatial transcriptomics
JP5219435B2 (en) Nucleic acid detection method and test kit